Please copy and paste this embed script to where you want to embed

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

Page 2 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

Page 3 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

CONTENTS LESSON 1:

LOCUS & PARABOLA 2.......................................................... 7

1. OVERVIEW OF LOCUS & PARABOLA 2 .................................................................. 8 2. THE PARABOLA AS A LOCUS .................................................................................. 9 3. FEATURES OF THE PARABOLA ............................................................................ 17 4. PARABOLAS WITH VERTEX NOT AT THE ORIGIN ............................................... 23

LESSON 2:

INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1............................................ 35

1. OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1.................................................... 36 2. LIMITS OF A FUNCTION ......................................................................................... 37 3. CONTINUITY ............................................................................................................ 46 4. GRADIENTS OF SECANT AND TANGENTS .......................................................... 51

LESSON 3:

INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2............................................ 63

1. OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2.................................................... 64 2. DIFFERENTIATION OF

...................................................................................... 65

3. THEOREMS ON DERIVATIVES .............................................................................. 69 4. COMPOSITE FUNCTION (CHAIN) RULE ................................................................ 74 5. PRODUCT RULE ..................................................................................................... 77 6. QUOTIENT RULE..................................................................................................... 81 7. TANGENTS & NORMALS TO CURVES .................................................................. 85

LESSON 4:

PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1 ................................... 95

1. OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION .............................................. 96 2. CARTESIAN AND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS ...................................................... 97 3. PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS OF A PARABOLA..................................................... 100 4. THE EQUATION OF A CHORD OF

....................................................... 102

5. EQUATIONS OF TANGENTS TO THE PARABOLA .............................................. 106 6. EQUATION OF NORMAL TO THE PARABOLA .................................................... 110

LESSON 5:

PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2 ................................. 119

1. OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2 ......................................... 120 2. DERIVATIVES OF PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS .................................................... 121 3. POINT OF INTERSECTION OF TANGENTS & NORMALS ................................... 124 4. FOCAL CHORD PROPERTIES.............................................................................. 130 5. REFLECTION PROPERTIES ................................................................................. 132 6. EQUATION OF THE CHORD OF CONTACT......................................................... 134

LESSON 6:

PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3 ................................. 143

1. OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3 ......................................... 144 2. LOCUS OF A POINT .............................................................................................. 145 3. LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING ONE VARIABLE ............................................... 149 Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 4 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

4. LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING TWO VARIABLES ............................................ 155

LESSON 7:

POLYNOMIALS 1................................................................. 165

1. OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 1 ......................................................................... 166 2. DEFINITION AND NOTATION ............................................................................... 167 3. OPERATIONS WITH POLYNOMIALS ................................................................... 169 4. THE DIVISION TRANSFORMATION ..................................................................... 173 5. THE REMAINDER THEOREM ............................................................................... 174 6. FACTOR THEOREM .............................................................................................. 176 7. DEDUCTIONS FROM THE FACTOR THEOREM .................................................. 179

LESSON 8:

POLYNOMIALS 2................................................................. 189

1. OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 2 ......................................................................... 190 2. POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS .................................................................................. 191 3. GRAPHS OF POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS............................................................. 194 4. RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE ROOTS & COEFFICIENTS ............................ 201

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 5 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

Page 6 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

OVERVIEW OF LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Locus

Quadratic Functions

Locus and the Parabola

Conics

Completing the Square

We begin the term by redefining the standard parabola as a locus. This topic is often referred to as “

Locus in the Complex Plane

” and is an extremely common question in the 2 unit papers.

You will need to be able to generate the equation of a parabola given various pieces of locus information. You will also be asked to identify a parabola’s geometrical features such as vertex, focus and directrix.

This topic also extends naturally into the parametric (

) topic in the Extension 1

course and even to the conics section of Extension 2 mathematics.

A typical example is the following question from the 2011 H.S.C. paper. 2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q3b A parabola has focus (

(2 marks)

) and directrix

. Find the coordinates of the vertex.

Be alert to the possibility that the parabola may sit upside down or left to right rather than in its standard position.

We will also make extensive use of the technique of completing the square to deal with situations where the vertex of the parabola is not at the origin. If you are a little rusty on completing the square, you should revise the topic before attempting the harder problems.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 8 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

THE PARABOLA AS A LOCUS

A parabola is a locus of points equidistant from a fixed point called the focus and a fixed line called the directrix.

The vertex or turning point of the parabola lies midway between the focus and the directrix.

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus (

In the diagram, the focus, , has coordinates ( The axis of symmetry is the

)

) and the directrix has equation

.

axis.

From the definition of a parabola as a locus, all points lying on the parabola must be equidistant from the focus and the directrix. Hence

( are (

) is midway between the focus and the directrix. Hence the coordinates of the vertex ).

Using the graph shown above and the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is

In the diagram, the point ( (

.

) lies on the parabola, (

) is the focus and the point

) lies on the directrix.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 9 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

The locus definition of a parabola is distance of

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

the distance of

from the focus must equal the

from the directrix. i.e.

Using the distance formula: )

√(

(

)

Also:

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 10 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

(

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus at

The parabola shown in the diagram has focus (

) and directrix

The vertex is at (

symmetry the

)

.

) and axis of axis.

Using the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is:

Using the distance formula: √(

)

(

)

√(

)

(

)

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 11 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus (

The parabola shown in the diagram has focus (

) and directrix

The vertex is at (

the

)

.

) and axis of symmetry

axis.

Using the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is

Using the distance formula: √(

)

(

)

√(

)

(

)

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 12 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus (

)

The parabola shown in the diagram has focus (

) and directrix

.

The vertex is at ( symmetry the

) and axis of axis.

Using the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is

Using the distance formula: √(

)

(

)

√(

)

(

)

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 13 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1 (i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

i

Find the equation of the locus of the point ( point (

) that moves so that its distance from the

) is equal to its distance from the line

Note to Students: ( ) is the focus

is the directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(ii)

Hence show that (4, 1) lies on the parabola …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iii)

Sketch the parabola.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 14 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

ii

Concept Check 2.2

In the following questions, the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix are given. Find the equation of the parabola: (i)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………….……………………………………………………………

(ii)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iii)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………….……………………………………………………………

(iv)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………….…………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 15 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.3

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

iii

Write down the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix for the following parabolas: Note to Students: Always start with a sketch! (i) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(ii)

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iii) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iv) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(v) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 16 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

3.

FEATURES OF THE PARABOLA

Focal Length

The focal length of a parabola is the distance between the focus and the vertex. It is equivalent to the distance between the vertex and the directrix.

Axis of Symmetry

The axis of symmetry of a parabola is called the axis of the parabola. It passes through the vertex and the focus of the parabola and is perpendicular to the directrix.

Chord

An interval joining any two points on a parabola is called a chord.

Focal Chord

A chord that passes through the focus is called a focal chord.

Latus Rectum

A focal chord that is perpendicular to the axis of the parabola is called the latus rectum.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 17 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

iv

A parabola has equation

. Find the

Note to Students: Your first job is to find the focal length “ ” You should also pick between , (i)

,

,

coordinates of the vertex.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(ii)

equation of the axis of symmetry.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iii)

coordinates of the focus.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iv)

equation of the directrix.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(v)

focal length.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

Note to Students: The focal length is always positive. (vi)

equation of the latus rectum.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

Note to Students: The latus rectum is a chord passing through the focus, parallel to the directrix Its length is

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 18 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(vii)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

length of the latus rectum. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …….………………………………………………………………………………………….………… ………………………………………………………………….………………………………………

(b)

A parabolic arch has equation (i)

. Find the:

equation of its latus rectum.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………….…………………………………………………….........

(ii)

focal length of the parabola.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iii)

span of the arch when its height is 5 metres.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………….………………………………………………

(c)

For the parabola

, show that the length of the latus rectum is equal to

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………….…………………………………………………………… …………………………………………….……………………………………….…………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 19 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.2 (a)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

v

A parabola has its vertex at the origin, its axis along the point ( ). (i)

axis and it passes through the

Find the equation of the parabola.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… ………………….………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………….………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………….……………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii)

Write down the focal length of the parabola.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iii)

Find the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix.

………………….……………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….……………………………………………………………………………………….… ……………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………

Note to Students: The focus must be presented as a point – For example, say “the focus is ( )” The directrix must be presented as a line – For example, say “the directrix is (b)

”, not “the directrix is

”

A parabola has its vertex at (0, 0), the equation of its axis is and its latus rectum has length 4 units. Find the possible equations of the parabola with these features. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….……………………………………………….……………………………………… ……………....................................…………………………………….…………………………… ……………....................................…………………………………….……………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 20 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.3

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

vi

Find the equation of the following parabolas.

(i)

Vertex (

) focal length 2 units, axis of symmetry

.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(ii)

Vertex (

), focus (

).

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………….

(iii)

Focus (

) directrix

.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………….

(iv)

Focus (

), directrix

.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………….

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 21 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.4 (a)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

vii

A chord of the parabola chord.

has equation

. Find the length of the

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………..…………………………………….………………………… ………………………………………….…………………………………….…………………………

(b)

A chord of the parabola the midpoint of the chord.

lies along the line

. Find the coordinates of

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………..…………………………………….…………………………

Discussion Question 1: Can you do this question without actually solving the quadratic equation?viii (c)

A focal chord of the parabola

has slope

. Find the equation of the focal chord.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….………………………………………………………………………………………….… …………….……………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 22 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

4.

PARABOLAS WITH VERTEX NOT AT THE ORIGIN

Parabolas with Vertex (

) and Axis Parallel to the

In the diagram, the parabola has vertex ( ) and its directrix has equation

With reference to the

From the diagram,

Hence with reference to the

) and focal length . Its focus is at (

.

axes, the equation of the parabola is of the form and

. axes, the equation of the parabola becomes (

axis

)

(

)

Hence we can conclude that the equation of a parabola with focus ( directrix

) and

is (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

Page 23 of 213

(

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

ix

On a number plane, plot the point (

) and draw the line

𝑦

O

(ii)

𝑥

Find the locus of a point which moves in a plane so that its distance from the point ( equal to its distance from the line .

) is

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………………………………….…………………………… ……………………………………….…………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….…………………………………… …………………………………………………….……………………………………….…… ……………………………………………………………….………………………………… ….…………………………………………………………………….………………………… ………….…………………………………………………………………….…………….… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …….………………………………………………………………………………………….…

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 24 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

x

Find the equation of the following parabolas. Note to Students: Always start with a sketch! (i)

Focus (

) and directrix

.

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Vertex (

), axis parallel to the

– axis and passing through the point (

).

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Vertex (

) focal length 2 units, axis of symmetry

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….……………………………………………

(iv)

Vertex (

) focus (

).

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….……………………………………………

(v)

Axis of symmetry

, Vertex (

) and

intercept .

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 25 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.3

(a)

xi

A parabola has equation

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

.

Find the coordinates of its vertex and focus.

Note to Students: Complete the square.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………….…………………………………………………………… …………………………………………….……………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equations of its directrix and latus rectum.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(b)

Find the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix of the parabola

Note to Students: Before completing the square, make the coefficient of

equal to .

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………….…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 26 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.4

xii

A parabola has equation (i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

(

)

Draw a neat sketch of the parabola and clearly indicate on it the equation of its directrix, the coordinates of its focus and the coordinates of all points of intersection of the parabola with the coordinate axes. 𝑦

𝑥

0

(b)

Another parabola with equation the coordinates of

cuts the parabola

(

) at

and

Find

and

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….………………………………….……………………………… …………………………………….……………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….…………………………………… …………………………………………………….……………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 27 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.5

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

xiii

Sketch the parabola whose focus is the point ( ) and whose directrix is Indicate on your diagram the coordinates of its vertex.

.

𝑦

𝑥

(ii)

Find the equation of the parabola

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(iii)

The parabola cuts the axis at the point . Find the coordinates of the point . Hence find the equation of the focal chord passing through the point .

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………….…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….……………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 28 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Parabolas with Vertex (

A parabola with vertex (

) and Axis Parallel to the

), focal length , focus at (

and axis parallel to the (

A parabola with vertex (

(

Concept Check 4.6

), directrix with equation

axis has equation )

(

)

), focal length , focus at (

and axis parallel to the

–axis

), directrix with equation

axis has equation )

(

)

xiv

) that moves in a plane so that its distance from the Find the equation of the locus of a point ( )is equal to its distance from the line point ( .

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………….…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 29 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.7

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

xv

Find the equation of the following parabolas

(i)

Focus (

) and Directrix

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(ii)

vertex (

) axis parallel to the

– axis and passing through the point (

)

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Vertex (

), focal length

units, axis of symmetry

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Vertex (

) focus (

)

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(v)

Axis of symmetry

, Vertex (

) and focal length

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 30 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.8

xvi

A parabola has equation

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

. Find

the coordinates of its vertex Note to Students: Complete the square.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….……………………………………………………………

(ii)

its focal length

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

the equation of its directrix

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence sketch the parabola

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 31 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Past H.S.C. Questionsxvii

Question 1

(2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q3b)

A parabola has focus (

) and directrix

. Find the coordinates of the vertex.

2

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….……………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 32 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(i) ii

Concept Check 2.2

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv) iii

Concept Check 2.3

(i)

(

)

(ii)

(

)

(iv)

(

)

(v)

(

)

iv

(iii)

(

(ii)

(iii)

(

(v)

(vi)

(ii)

(iii)

(ii)

(iii)

(ii)

(iii)

)

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(i)

(

)

(iv)

)

(vii) (b) v

(i)

√

Concept Check 3.2

(a)

(i)

(

)

(b) vi

Concept Check 3.3

(i) (iv) vii

Concept Check 3.4

(a) viii

√

(b)

(

)

(c)

Discussion Question 1

Yes ix

Concept Check 4.1

(ii)

x

22 12 y 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 33 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

x

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Concept Check 4.2 (

(i)

(

(iv)

xi

)

(

)

)

(

(

(ii)

)

(v)

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(iii)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

Concept Check 4.3

(a)

(

(b)

xii

)

(

)

(ii)

)

Concept Check 4.4 (

(b) xiii

)(

)

Concept Check 4.5 (

(ii) xiv

)

(

)

(iii)

)

(ii)

Concept Check 4.6

( xv

(

(i)

)

(

)

Concept Check 4.7 (

(i)

(

(iv) (i)

) )

( (

(iii)

(

)

y 12 16x 2

(ii)

y

(iii) S 2, 2 ;

32 4x 2

y 22 S 6, 2 ; (iv) S 0,1 ;

y 12

(v)

16x 2

y 22 16x

2

y 12 4x 2

16x 4

S 8,1 ;

y 12 16x xvi

(i)

xvii

1.

4

Concept Check 4.8

V 16,2

(ii)

a

1 4

(iii)

x 16

1 4

Past H.S.C. Questions (

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 34 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

)

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Area and Volume

Functions

Limits

Motion

Calculus

Algebra

Tangents and Normals

Rates of Change

Maxima and Minima

This lesson introduces the central topic in the 2 unit, 3 unit and 4 unit mathematics courses, the calculus. Indeed these three subjects are often referred to as the calculus based H.S.C. courses and a quick survey of any of their major papers will reveal that at least half of the exam questions will deal with calculus in one way or another. Calculus is the backbone of your future mathematical study.

The theory of calculus falls into two neat halves, differentiation and integration. The development of the theory of rates of change via differentiation will take many lessons to unfold. Once these have been mastered we will move on to integration theory and the calculation of areas.

The process of differentiation involves dozens of formulae and algorithms. These will be carefully and methodically presented to you over the next handful of lessons. It is crucial however that you do not reduce the theory to a mere collection of facts. You must also have a strong understanding of the underlying concepts which drive calculus and the manner in which they used, not only in mathematics but also in engineering and the sciences.

The theory of calculus is one of the most astounding achievements of the human mind. Once uncovered in the late 1600’s by Sir Isaac Newton and Gottfried Leibnitz, it changed forever the face of both mathematics and science.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 36 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

LIMITS OF A FUNCTION

Note to Students: You will need to evaluate two types of limits: ( ) and ( )

They are done completely differently.

of

[

To determine

] we need to see what happens to the value of [

close to but not equal to 2.

By choosing values of

that are slightly less than or slightly greater than 2, we can see what

happens to the value of [

] for values

].

Complete the following table:

1.9

1.99

1.999

2.1

2.01

2.001

( )

From the table, we can say that as

gets closer and closer to 2, then [

] gets closer

and closer to …………………

This is written ( )

................... as

We say the limiting value of [

Hence we write

[

]

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

. ] is …………………….

........................................

Page 37 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Properties Of Limits

1.

[ ]

2.

[ ]

3.

[

4.

[ ( )

( )]

[ ( )]

[ ( )]

5.

[ ( )

( )]

[ ( )]

[ ( )]

6.

[

7.

[ ( )]

{

8.

[ ( )]

( ) if ( ) is a polynomial function

9.

[

where

is a constant.

[ ( )]

( )]

( ) where

[ ( )]

( ) ] ( )

[ ( )]

( ) ] ( )

( ) ( )

provided

is a constant.

[ ( )]

[ ( )]}

if ( ) and ( ) are both polynomial functions and ( )

Limits of Quotients

Type 1:

[

( ) ] ( )

and ( )

[

Example:

Evaluate

Solution:

In this case, ( ) Hence

using property 9 of limits.

[

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

]

and ( ) ]

Page 38 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Note:

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Both the numerator and denominator can be factorised and common factors cancelled out to simplify the function

[

(

]

(

[we can cancel (

)(

)

)(

)

) if

, we are investigating the behaviour of around

]

as expected.

So it is not necessary to factorise first in this case. [

Type 2:

( ) ] ( )

and ( )

( )

Example:

Consider the limit of the function

as

Solution:

We are interested in the behaviour of ( ) as We are not determining the value of ( ) when

approaches 3. is exactly equal to 3.

Fill in the table shown below to determine the value of ( ) approaches as

2 .9

.99

2 .999

2 .9999

2 .99999

2

2

3

3

.999999

( )

3 .1

.01

3 .001

3 .0001

3 .00001

.000001

( ) approaches 3 from either side, the value of ( )approaches

Therefore, as ……………..

Mathematically this is written: [

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

]

[

]

Page 39 of 213

.................

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

In this case, both the numerator and denominator are polynomial functions and ( )

so this limit cannot be evaluated using property 9 of limits as this

will give which is undefined.

[

To evaluate limits of quotients,

( ) ], ( )

when ( )

, try factorising first

then evaluate the limit

[

]

[

Note that (

(

)(

)

]

) in the numerator will cancel out with the (

) in the

denominator if Since we are concerned about the behaviour of ( ) the actual value of ( ) when

[

] [

[

(

)(

as

and not

then we can cancel them out. )

]

] since

as shown in the table of values.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 40 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

i

Did you know: ( ) is “well-behaved”, If

Problems arise when

( )

( )

( )

Determine the limits of the following: [

(a)

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

[

(b)

]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

[

(c)

]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

[

(d)

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 1:ii You have shown:

Do we say:

equals , or

is approximately 6, or

approaches 6

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 41 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(e)

[

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(f)

[

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 2:iii What is the value of: a) b) c) (g)

[

]

Did you know: When faced with

( ) , ( )

you need factors of (

) in the numerator and denominator.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(h)

[

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 42 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

The Concept of Infinity

Consider the function ( )

As

where

.

approaches zero from the positive side, the values of ( ) become larger and larger. We say ( ) increases without bounds or become positively infinite. [ ]

We write

As

. This tells us that there is no limit.

approaches zero from the negative side, the values of ( ) are negative and become

negatively larger as we move closer to zero. We say ( ) decreases without bounds or become negatively infinite. [ ]

We write

The Limit

As

.

Again there is no limit.

[ ]

becomes larger, the value of [ ] becomes smaller and closer to zero. We say the limit

is zero. [ ]

Hence

To evaluate

[

( ) ], ( )

where ( ) and ( ) are polynomial functions of

Step 1:

Divide each term in the numerator and the denominator by the highest power of .

Step 2:

Use the

Example:

[ ]

to evaluate the limit.

The highest power of

(

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

(

Page 43 of 213

is 5 so divide each term by

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.2

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

iv

Determine the limits of the following

Note to Students: ( ) ( )

is all about “power”. ( ( ( (

) ) ) )

If ( ) is strong

If ( ) is strong

If ( ) and ( ) have equal strength, we get a finite non-zero answer

(or unbounded)

(a)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 44 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.3

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

v

Determine the following limits:

(i)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Note to Students: ( ) and ( ) are done completely differently.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 45 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

3.

CONTINUITY

Continuous or Discontinuous Functions

Functions that have smooth unbroken curves or lines are called continuous functions.

Discontinuous functions have gaps in their graphs.

Graphs of continuous and discontinuous functions are shown below.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 46 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

The diagrams below show the different types of discontinuity. Type 1:

–

A function that is continuous everywhere except at a point ( )

as

where

is said to have an infinite discontinuity at

Type 2:

–

A function that is not defined at a point

but the

[ ( )] exists and

its value is not equal to ( ). This type of discontinuity is called point discontinuity at

The discontinuity at the point may be removed by

redefining the function to include ( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 47 of 213

[ ( )] .

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Type 3:

–

A function that is not defined at

and

[ ( )]

[ ( )] is

said to display a jump discontinuity at

Test for Continuity at a Point

A function ( ) is continuous at a point

– – –

if:

( ) exists ( ) exists ( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( )

( )

Page 48 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

vi

Determine which of the following functions are discontinuous and state the type and point of discontinuity. Note to Students: Roughly speaking, pen off the paper. (i)

( ) is continuous if you can draw its graph without taking your

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

( )

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 49 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(vi)

( )

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

{

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Concept Check 3.2

(a)

vii

A function is defined as ( )

for

. What is the value of ( ) if ( ) is a

continuous function? …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

The function ( )

{

Find the values of

and .

is a continuous function.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 3:viii (i) Is the sum of two continuous functions always continuous? (ii) Is the sum of two continuous functions always discontinuous? Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 50 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

4.

GRADIENTS OF SECANT AND TANGENTS

Definition of a Secant

A secant is a line that intersects a curve at two points.

The Gradient of the Secant

( )

but

( )

and (

)

( )

(

)

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 51 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Gradient of a Tangent at a Point (

) on the Curve

A tangent is a line that touches a curve only at one point.

The gradient of the tangent at a point on the curve is the gradient of the curve at that point.

To find the gradient of a line, we need two points. The tangent to a curve is a line and the only known point on the tangent is its point of contact with the curve. Hence the gradient of the tangent can only be found by using the gradient of the secant.

The diagram shows secants and the tangent at . The value of

decreases as

moves closer to .

The tangent is the limiting position of the secant

.

Hence the gradient of the tangent is the limiting value of

(

)

Page 52 of 213

)

( )

as

( )

The gradient of tangent is represented by the notation

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

or

( )

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

( ), of the curve

( ) is given by

The gradient function,

Therefore, the gradient of the tangent to the curve

( )

(

)

( )

( ) at a point on the curve where

is denoted by:

(

( )

)

( )

A normal to the curve is a line drawn perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact of the tangent with the curve.

If the gradient of the tangent at the point where normal at the point where

Concept Check 4.1

( ), then the gradient of the

( )

ix

( ) where ( )

Consider the curve

(a)

is

is

.

Use first principles to find the gradient function

( ). Complete the following:

( ) ( ( )

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………… (

)

( )

………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 53 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

(b)

Draw the tangent to the curve

at

(c)

Determine the gradient of tangent to the curve at

by evaluating

( ).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 54 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2 (i)

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

x

Find, from the first principles, the gradient of the tangent to the curve point ( ) on it.

at the

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence determine the equation of the tangent at (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… (iii)

Write down the gradient of normal at the point (

)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence find the equation of the normal to the curve at the point (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Note to Students: The alternative definition of ( )

( )

( )

( )

works very well on ( )

√ . Its disadvantage is that the answer is in terms of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 55 of 213

and

rather than

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Alternate Method for Finding the Gradient of the Tangent at a Point

The gradient of the tangent to a curve

In the diagram, the point

The gradient of the secant

As

, the secant

( ) at the point [

has coordinates [

( )] on the curve.

( )]. ( )

is given by

( )

approaches the tangent at . Hence the limiting position of the

secant is the tangent at .

Therefore the gradient of the tangent at [

( )] is given by:

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 56 of 213

( )

( )

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.3 (i)

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

xi

at the point (

Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve

)

Complete the solution

( )

( )

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

( )

(ii)

Hence the gradient of the tangent at P4,29 is 12.

Hence find the equation of the tangent at (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find the equation of the normal at (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 57 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

xii

Concept Check 4.4

Complete the following statements on the gradient function: 1. The gradient at any point [

2.

(

( )

)

( )

or

( )] on the curve

( )

( )

( ) is given by……………………............. ( )

at the point where

on the curve.

3. If this limit exists, it is called the d……………… or differential coefficient of the function any point [

( ) at

( )].

4. The derivative is also called the ………………… function. 5. Differentiation is the process of finding the ……………… of the curve.

6.

7.

( ) ( )

is the equation of the …………………………. is called the ………………… function of the curve or the ………………… of the

function ( ). 8. The derivative of a function ( ) is a formula for the gradient of the ……………… at any point on the curve.

Note to Students: You must be familiar with both limit definitions of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 58 of 213

.

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Past H.S.C Questionsxiii Question 1

(2000 H.S.C. Mathematics Extension 1 Q3a)

Use the definition

( )

(

)

( )

to find the derivative of

where

.

2

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

COMMENTS FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Although candidates recognised the given formula as relating to diﬀerentiation from ﬁrst principles, very few had the algebraic skills to complete the substitution and simpliﬁcation. ) which was frequently mistaken for Confusion reigned over the expansion of ( or . Many candidates did not know how to handle the function notation. Failed )( ); coefficients of instead expansion attempts often involved the use of ( of ; the omission of and the confusion of with . The majority of the candidature were unable to score full marks on this part. Even though most knew that the answer should be or , very few were able to derive it from the formula. In attempting to ﬁnd the limit many candidates divided by powers of , hoping for relevant cancellations from their incorrect method. It was also diﬃcult to discern whether the term, after factorisation, was being dropped from the expression because candidates knew that powers of were inﬁnitesimally small or because their algebra was careless. Justiﬁcation for such a step should always be stated in the proof. The quality of responses to this part were unusually dependent on the candidate’s centre, with many centres completing this part well while other centres had almost no attempts for this part.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 59 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Question 2 Let ( )

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

(2001 H.S.C. Mathematics Extension 1 Q2a) . Use the definition

(

( ) to find the derivative of ( ) at the point

)

2

( )

.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

MARKING GUIDELINES Criteria

Marks

( )

Shows that

Correctly substitutes (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

2 ) for

in the expression for

Page 60 of 213

( )

1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

ii

Discussion Question 1

Equals 6 iii

Discussion Question 2

(i) (ii)

or unbounded

(iii)

iv

is called an indeterminate form. It could be anything.

Concept Check 2.2

(i)

v

(ii)

0

(ii)

0

(iii)

Concept Check 2.3

(i)

vi

Concept Check 3.1

(i)

Continuous

(ii)

Continuous

(iii)

Infinite discontinuity at

(iv)

Continuous

(v)

Point discontinuity at

(vi)

Continuous

vii

Concept Check 3.2

(a) viii

(b)

Discussion Question 3

(i)

Yes

(ii)

No

ix

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

(

)

(c)

( ) x

Concept Check 4.2

(i) (ii) Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 61 of 213

(iii) OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

(iv) xi

Concept Check 4.3

(ii)

(iii)

xii

Concept Check 4.4

1.

( )

5.

Gradient

8.

Tangent

xiii

1.

3.

Derivative

4.

Gradient

6.

Curve

7.

Gradient, derivative

Past H.S.C. Questions 2.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 62 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Area and Volume

Differentiation from First Principles

Motion

Calculating the Derivative

Index Laws

Lines

Tangents and Normals

Rates of Change

Maxima and Minima

( ) can be perceived in many different ways. It is:

The derivative

( ), or

–

the slope of the curve

–

the gradient of its tangent, or

–

the instantaneous rate of change of the function.

In the previous lesson you learnt how to calculate

from first principles. This approach is

slow and clumsy. In this lesson we develop algorithms which will help us calculate efficiently.

Our 3 major laws are:

–

the product rule

–

the quotient rule

–

the chain rule.

Different schools will approach this theory in varied ways. However you must become skilled in the use of the product, quotient and chain rules. You need to be able to differentiate accurately, quickly and with minimum effort. Many simpler questions in the Advanced (2 unit) and Extension 1 (3 unit) papers will simply demand the calculation of a derivative.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 64 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

2.

DIFFERENTIATION OF

General Rule for Differentiation (

Factorisation of ( – )(

)

–

–

–

–

–

)

Examples (i)

If ( )

, then from first principles at any point

( )

(

( )

( )(

)

If ( )

(

)

then

( )

, then from first principles at any point

( )

on the curve

,

)

)

Hence if ( )

(ii)

,

)

(

(

( )

on the curve

(

( )

( (

)

) )(

( Hence if ( ) Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( )

)

(

)

) then

( )

Page 65 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

If ( )

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

, then from first principles at any point

( )

( )

(

( )

( )(

)

(

then

( )

, then from first principles at any point ( )

(

( )

( ( – )(

(

,

)

)

Hence if ( )

( )

on the curve

)

(

If ( )

,

)

(

(iv)

on the curve

–

Hence if ( )

) –

–

–

–

–

then

This rule for the differentiation of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

–

–

)

–

(

) –

)

( ) applies to all values of .

Page 66 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1 i

Concept Check 2.1 Use

( )

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(

( )

( )

) to differentiate with respect to , from first principles, the following

functions: (i)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 67 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

( )

√

using the fact that

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(√

√ )(√

√ )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 68 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

3.

THEOREMS ON DERIVATIVES

Theorem 1 If

then

Note to Students: Using this theorem, you can differentiate any power of .

Concept Check 3.1

ii

Use the rule to find the derivatives of the following.

(i)

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

( )

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 69 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 2 If

( ) then

( )

Note to Students: In all of calculus, any constant sitting in front of a function has no impact.

Concept Check 3.2

iii

Use the rule to find the derivatives of the following.

(i) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(ii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(iii)

√ …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........

Note to Students: Under calculus, we always convert √ to

.

(iv) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………….......... Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 70 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 3

If

Concept Check 3.3

then

iv

Consider the function

(i)

Sketch the line on a number plane.

(ii)

What is the gradient of the line

?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Use the rule to find the derivative of

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Explain why the answers in (ii) and (iii) are the same. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 71 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 4

If

, where

is a constant, then

Note to Students: The derivative of a constant function is always . To be a constant means to have no rate of change.

Concept Check 3.4

v

Consider the function

(i)

Sketch the line on a number plane.

(ii)

What is the gradient of the line

?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Hence find

given

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 72 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 5 ( )

If

Concept Check 3.5

( ) then

( )

( )

vi

Use the rule to find the derivatives of the following

(i)

(

)(

)

by expanding first

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

√ (

)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

by dividing first

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 73 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

COMPOSITE FUNCTION (CHAIN) RULE

If

If

Proof of the composite function rule

( ) and

( ) then

[ ( )] then

[ ( )]

[ ( )] then Let

This is the chain rule

( ). This is the composite function rule.

[ ( )]

( )

( ) then

Then

( )

and

Using the chain rule ( ) [ ( )]

( )

Complete the following for the processes used in applying the chain rule for differentiation: Multiply by the ………….. of the bracket, lower the power of the bracket by ………………, then multiply by the ………………………. of the expression inside the bracket.

Example:

Differentiate

(

Solution:

Let ( )

, therefore

Hence

(

)

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( ) (

)

Page 74 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

vii

Concept Check 4.1

Use the chain rule to differentiate the following with respect to :

(

(i)

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(

(ii)

)

h …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

√ …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 75 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

√

(v)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........

( )

(vi)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………….......... ( )

(vii)

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........

(viii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 76 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

PRODUCT RULE

If

( )

( ) where

and

are both functions of

( )

( )

( )

Proof {

{

{

{

(

)

(

)

( )

( )

(

)

(

)

( )

(

)

(

)

(

)

( )

(

)

(

)[ (

[ ( ( )

( )

then

)

)]

( )

{ ( )

}

( )] } (

)

{ ( )

( )

(

}

{

( )[ (

( )

( )

)

( )

}

)

(

( )

)

}

( )

( )

}

( )] }

{

(

)

( ) }

( )

Applying the Product Rule:

Leave the second function times differentiate the first function plus leave the first function times differentiate the second function.

Note: Both functions are never differentiated at the same time.

Example:

Given ( )

Solution:

This is a product of two functions of ( )

(

)(

(

)

(

)

(

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

( )

( )

) find the value of

so we use the product rule. )

(

(

)

(

)

) (

(

)

)

( )

Page 77 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

viii

Concept Check 5.1

Use the product rule to differentiate the following:

(i)

(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

(

)(

√ )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 1:ix Try differentiating by writing it as work?

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

and using the product rule. Does it

Page 78 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

x

Concept Check 5.2

Use the product and chain rule to differentiate the following: (

(i)

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Did You Know: Sometimes you need to use more than one rule.

(ii)

( )

(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

√ …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 79 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.3

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xi

Use the chain rule and the product rule to differentiate the following: (i)

[

(

)]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

√(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 80 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

QUOTIENT RULE

( )

–

If

To prove the quotient rule, use the product rule and chain rule on

Complete the following:

and

are both functions of

( ) ( )

then

( ) ( )

( )[ ( )]

................. [ ( )]

( ) ....................................................................

……………………………………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………………………………………………………….

Applying the Quotient Rule:

Example:

Given

find

.

Solution: (

(

) (

)

)

(

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 81 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xii

Use the quotient rule to differentiate the following: (i)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) Note to Students: Some students re-write

as

(

)(

)

and then use the product rule

instead of the quotient rule. This is not a good idea. If you see a quotient, use the quotient rule.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 82 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xiii

Concept Check 6.2

Use the quotient rule and the chain rule to differentiate the following: (i)

( )

(

)

Did You Know: Sometimes you need to use more than one rule. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 83 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.3

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xiv

Use the chain rule and the quotient rule to differentiate the following:

(i)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 84 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

7.

TANGENTS & NORMALS TO CURVES

Equation of the Tangent to the Curve to find the gradient of the tangent at any point (

)

Step 1:

Find

Step 2:

Substitute the coordinate of the point of contact into to find the numerical value of the gradient of the tangent at the point of contact.

Step 3:

The point (

) is the point of contact of the tangent.

Use the formula point of contact. Example:

(

) to find the equation of the tangent at the

Find the equation of the tangent to the curve point (

at the

) by completing the following solution.

Solution: …………………………………..

The gradient of the tangent at any point is At the point (

), the gradient of the tangent is

Therefore the equation of the tangent at ( Concept Check 7.1 (a)

) is

…………………………….. )

………..(

xv

Consider the parabola (i)

Find the coordinates of the points where the parabola crosses the

axis.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Tangents are drawn to the parabola at the points where it crosses the the gradients of the tangents.

axis. Find

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 85 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Find the equation of the tangent to the following curves at the given points: (

(i)

) at (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

√

at

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Discussion Question 2: Can a tangent meet a curve more than once? Discussion Question 3: Can a tangent cut across a curve?xvi

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 86 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.2

(a)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xvii

Find the coordinates of the points on the curve

(i)

parallel to the line

where the tangent is:

. Hence find the equations of the tangents.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

perpendicular to the line

. Hence find the equations of the tangents.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 87 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Equation of the Normal to the Curve

A normal is a line perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact of the tangent with the curve. Step 1:

Find This gives the gradient of the curve at any point (

Step 2:

Substitute the

)

coordinate of the point of contact into

.

This gives the numerical value of the gradient of the tangent at the point of ). contact, (

Step 3:

The normal is perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact of the tangent. Use of the tangent.

Step 4:

Use the formula (

Example:

to find the gradient of the normal at the point of contact (

) to find the equation of the normal at

).

Find the equation of the normal to the curve ) by completing the following solution. point (

at the

Solution: The gradient of the tangent at any point is

At the point (

…………………………………

), the gradient of the tangent is

………………………...

Therefore the gradient of the normal at the point (

) is ……………………

Therefore the equation of the normal at (

) is

………..(

).

In general form the equation of the normal is ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 88 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.3

(a)

xviii

Consider the curve

(i)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(

)

Determine the gradient of the tangent to the point (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the equation of the tangent at (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Write down the gradient of the normal to the point (

)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence find the equation of the normal at (

) in the general form.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

Find the equation of the normal to the curve

at the point where

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 89 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Past H.S.C. Questionsxix Question 1

(2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q2c)

Find the equation of the tangent to the curve

(

) at the point where

.

3

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Nearly all candidates recognised this as a calculus question and showed logical working that demonstrated a good understanding of the required steps. This allowed for part marks for ) or the occasional imperfect responses. There were errors in differentiating, with ( ( ) being the usual incorrect answers, but often the rest of the working followed correctly. Sometimes notation was poor and lack of parentheses resulted in the wrong gradient or point. Candidates are encouraged to show clear substitutions to avoid careless ) in their errors. Several candidates substituted and either used ( ) or ( equation of the line. In better responses, candidates clearly showed the derivative, the gradient m, the point and finally the equation of the line. A small number of candidates provided only the gradient of the tangent rather than the equation of the tangent (stopping at ). Some also correctly evaluated ( ) then used this as the value of the point rather than as the gradient. Candidates need to take care when copying the value into the writing booklet as some used instead of . MARKING GUIDELINES Criteria

Correct solution Finds correct gradient and attempts to find equation of tangent Correctly differentiates or finds correct for

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 90 of 213

Marks 3 2 1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Question 2

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(2009 H.S.C. Mathematics Q1d)

Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve

at the point (

).

2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

COMMENTS FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Almost all candidates recognised that this part was a calculus question. Common errors were incorrect derivatives obtaining or . The use of the derivative was also problematic with some responses attempting to calculate stationary points and others solving . MARKING GUIDELINES

Criteria Correct answer Differentiates correctly, or equivalent merit

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 91 of 213

Marks 2 1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 92 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1 ( )

(i)

ii

( )

(iii)

(ii)

2 x3

(iii)

( )

√

Concept Check 3.1

1 x2

(i)

iii

5 2 x7

Concept Check 3.2

(i) (iv) iv

(ii)

(

(ii)

(iii)

(iii)

(iii)

√

)

Concept Check 3.3

(ii)

v

3

Gradient =

Concept Check 3.4

(ii) vi

0

(ii)

0

Concept Check 3.5

(i)

vii

2x

√

(ii)

4

√

(iii)

√

Concept Check 4.1 (

(i) (iv) (vii)

viii

(

)√

(

)√

)

(

(ii)

)

(

(v)

√(

√ (

(vi)

)

(

(viii)

(iii)

)

)(

(

) )

)

Concept Check 5.1

(i)

√

(ii)

√

(iii) ix

Discussion Question 1

Yes, but this is not the way to do it. x

Concept Check 5.2

(i)

(

)(

)

(ii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)( Page 93 of 213

)

(iv)

√

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

xi

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Concept Check 5.3 [

(i)

(

)] (

)

36 x 2 128 x 7

(ii)

33 3x 5 2 x 7 2

xii

Concept Check 6.1 dy 2 dx 1 x 2

(i)

xiii

dy 18 x 2 dx x 9

(ii)

(iii)

2

dy 7 dx 3x 22

Concept Check 6.2 f x

(i)

xiv

2 9x 5 3x

dy dx

(ii)

2

23x 7 35 x 9 (iii) 2 5x 2 3

dy dx

x

x

2

x

3

Concept Check 6.3 4 x 7 x 10

(i)

xv

4

(ii)

x 5 2

√

(

)

(

)

Concept Check 6.1

(a)

(i)

(b)

(i)

xvi

(

)(

)

At (

(ii)

)

At (

)

(ii)

Discussion Question 2

Yes, consider xvii

at

Concept Check 7.2

(i)

At (

(ii)

(

xviii

(a)

)

; At (

)

)

Concept Check 6.3 (i)

8

(iv)

x 8 y 33 0

(ii)

y 8x 4

(iii)

1 8

(b) xix

1.

Past H.S.C. Questions 2.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 94 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION

Conics

Parametrics

Calculus, Normals and Tangents

Proofs

Coordinate Geometry

The parametric (

Parametric Relations

) section of the Extension 1 syllabus has a deserving reputation as

being one of the hardest topics in Extension 1 mathematics as it synthesises several techniques and concepts from both 2 unit and 3 unit mathematics.. It builds upon the theory in 2 unit mathematics and presents the parabola in parametric rather than Cartesian form. Almost every Extension 1 Trial and H.S.C. exam contains one of these questions, usually quite late in the paper.

This is one of the few sections of the syllabus where you will need to construct for the examiner convincing proofs of mathematical theorems. Watch your teacher carefully and copy their style.

Some issues to keep in mind are:

–

Well prepared candidates will memorise all of the fundamental equations in the chapter.

–

Make sure you know the 2 unit coordinate geometry.

–

Generally speaking, any minor algebraic error in your proof will stop you. You must watch the algebra extremely carefully and eliminate mistakes.

–

These questions often have several parts building to a final result. If you cannot do a particular part, just jump over it! DO NOT abandon the entire question just because you are stuck on a minor subpart.

–

Always draw a large accurate diagram of the parabola and transfer all data to the graph.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 96 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

CARTESIAN AND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

In Mathematical exercises it is sometimes convenient to express two related variables, such as

and , in terms of a third variable say ( ) and

or

( ) and

so that

( ) or

( ).

The third variable,

The use of the third variable simplifies a proof, which could be otherwise complicated.

( ) and

( ) are called parametric equations.

When the parameter is eliminated from the parametric equations, the resulting equation is of the form

or , is called a parameter.

( ). This equation is called a Cartesian equation.

When a curve is expressed in the Cartesian form, the curve are expressed in the form (

( ), the coordinates of the points on

). These points are called Cartesian coordinates.

When the parametric equations of a curve are given, then all points on the curve are expressed in terms of the parameter and in the form [ ( )

( )]. These points are called

parametric coordinates. Example: The parametric equations of a curve are equation of the curve.

and

. Find the Cartesian

Solution: The parametric equations are in terms of the parameter . To find the Cartesian equation, we need to eliminate the parameter, and express the equation of the curve in terms of the and only Express in terms of

Step 1:

and

and

Step 2:

Use the identity ( )

to link

and .

( )

Therefore the Cartesian equation of the curve is

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 97 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1 (a)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

i

The parametric equations of a curve are of the curve.

and

. Find the Cartesian equation

Did You Know: To move from parametric to Cartesian form you must eliminate the parameter. ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(b)

Find the Cartesian equation of a curve whose parametric equations are .

and

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(c)

( ) and The parametric equations of a curve are where constant and . Find the Cartesian equation of the curve.

is a

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 98 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(d)

Show that points (

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

) and (

) lie on the parabola

.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(e)

(i)

Show that the point (

) lies on the parabola

.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

Hence find the coordinates of the point P on the parabola

. Where

.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(f)

A parabola has parametric equations and the equation of its directrix.

and

. Find the coordinates of its focus

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 99 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

3.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS OF A PARABOLA

The parametric equations of the parabola

The point (

are

) is a variable point on the parabola

depending on the value

of parameter,

The advantage of the parametric coordinates becomes obvious when we consider 2 variable points. In Cartesian form the points on the parabola where and (

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

and

are (

) and (

whereas in parametric form the points are (

) )

) which are easily distinguishable in a mathematical solution. ii

With reference to the parabola

, find the coordinates of the points with parameter:

Did You Know: Every point on the curve corresponds to a unique value of . (i)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iii)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iv)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 100 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

Find the parametric equations of the following parabolas: Note to Students: Find the focal length

first.

(i) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(vi) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 101 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

THE EQUATION OF A CHORD OF

Let (

) and (

Gradient of the chord

(

.

:

)( (

)be two points on

) )

Equation of chord ( ( (

) )

)

Therefore the equation of the chord (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

is

)

Page 102 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

( (i)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

iii

) and

(

) are two points on the parabola

. Find:

the equation of the chord

Note to Students: Remember

(

)(

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Show that the chord

is a focal chord

Note to Students: A focal chord passes through the focus (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 103 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

is a point on the parabola

(i)

Write down the coordinates of

in terms of the parameter, .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equation of the focal chord passing through the point .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Hence write down the equation of the focal chord drawn through another point the parabola.

on

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Find the coordinates of

in terms of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 104 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2

( (i)

) and (

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

iv

) are two points on the parabola

.

Find the equation of the chord

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

The chord and

passes through the focus of the parabola. Find the relationship between

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 105 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

EQUATIONS OF TANGENTS TO THE PARABOLA

Gradient of the tangent at (

): is the equation of the parabola. Hence At (

),

Note to Students: You can differentiate parametrically or directly. Either way, for a standard situation

Equation of the tangent at (

.

): (

)

Therefore the equation of the tangent at (

), is

Note to Students: Remember this formula! Discussion Question 1:v Which point on has a tangent Discussion Question 2:vi Which point on has a tangent Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

?

?

Page 106 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.1 (a)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

vii

is a point on the parabola (i)

Write down the coordinates of

in terms of the parameter, .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(ii)

Find the equation of the tangent to the parabola

at the point .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………….................

(b)

(

) and

the tangents at

(

) are two points on the parabola

. Find the equations of

and .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 107 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.2

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

viii

is a point on the parabola parabola at intersects the tangent at .

and is the focus of the parabola. The tangent drawn to the axis at . The perpendicular from to the tangent intersects the

(i)

Draw a diagram of the parabola and show the positions of

(ii)

Write down the parametric coordinates of the point

and .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(iii)

Find the equation of the tangent at …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 108 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

Hence find the equation of the perpendicular from

to the tangent at .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v)

Find the coordinates of

and .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 109 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

EQUATION OF NORMAL TO THE PARABOLA

(

Gradient of normal at (

)

):

is the equation of the parabola. Hence At (

),

Therefore, gradient of normal is

Equation of normal at (

since

): (

)

Therefore the equation of the normal at (

) is

Note to Students: Remember this formula!

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 110 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1 (a)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

ix

( ) and ( the normals at and .

) are two points on the parabola

. Find the equation of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 111 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

is a point on the parabola (i)

Write down the coordinates of

in terms of the parameter

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equation of the normal to the parabola at the point

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 112 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.2

x

is a point on the parabola

(i)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

.

Write down the coordinates of the point

in terms of the parameter

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

A normal is drawn to the parabola at

Find the equation of the normal.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

The normal at

passes through the focus. Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 113 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

Past H.S.C. Questionsxi Question 1

(2009 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q2c)

The diagram shows points ( The tangents to the parabola at

(i)

) and ( ) which move along the parabola and meet at .

Show that the equation of the tangent at

is

.

. 2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Write down the equation of the tangent at , and find the coordinates of the point in terms of t. 2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 114 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE The lead-in, part (i), where the candidates were given the result, was instrumental in allowing a significant number of candidates to correctly obtain the equation of the tangent in part (ii). The progression through the three parts saw most obtaining the correct coordinates of the point . Yet again many arithmetic errors were seen. Most candidates knew how to find the locus of . MARKING GUIDELINES (i) Criteria

Marks 2

Correct solution Uses the equation of the parabola to show that the gradient at is (or equivalent progress)

1

(ii) Criteria

Marks 2

Correct solution Attempts to solve simultaneously the equations for tangents at and

Question 2

1

(1999 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4b)

The diagram shows the graph of the parabola The tangent to the parabola at ( the axis at . The normal to the parabola at

(i)

),

cuts the

, cuts

axis at .

Derive the equation of the tangent

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 115 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

Show that the coordinates of

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

are (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find the coordinates of the midpoint of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE (i)

Deriving the tangent, , was a simple application of bookwork using the parametric locus . This part was very well done, although some candidates made it more complicated by attempting to reproduce remembered bookwork for the locus , without letting . As only two marks were assigned to this part, examiners did not insist that candidates use calculus to determine that the slope of the tangent at was . Candidates who simply quoted this fact were able to obtain full marks.

(ii)

Candidates needed to ﬁnd the equation of the normal in terms of the parameter and substitute to obtain . Although this was well done, many responses showed attempts to ‘fudge’ the ﬁnal step from an incorrect equation. Candidates making genuine attempts in questions where the answer is given should ensure that each step is clearly presented to avoid any doubt about its authenticity. For instance, candidates should explicitly state ‘let ’ and show the corresponding substitution clearly.

(iii)

The majority of the candidature found the midpoint (

), but then found it very diﬃcult to

get the second mark by solving simultaneously using

, to obtain the Cartesian form of

locus,

. Many candidates obtained the equation

and then made errors

in attempts to simplify this expression. Such errors were ignored, and these candidates were awarded both marks. A number of candidates tried to use the distance formula with This approach had no chance of success, as all points on the perpendicular bisector of AB are equidistant from and . Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 116 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

(b)

(e) ii

(

(ii)

(f)

(

(ii)

(

)

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(b)

iii

(i)

(

(iv)

(

)

)

(iii)

(

)

)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

Concept Check 4.1 (

(a)

(i)

(b)

(i)

(

(iv)

(

iv

) )

(

)

(ii) (

)

(

)

(iii)

(

)

)

Concept Check 4.2 (

(i)

v

)

(c)

)

(ii)

Discussion Question 1

( vi

)

Discussion Question 2

None. vii

Concept Check 5.1

(a)

(i)

(

)

(ii)

(b)

viii

Concept Check 5.2

(ii) (v) ix

(

) (

(iii) )

(

(iv)

)

Concept Check 6.1

(a) Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 117 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b) x

(i)

(

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

)

(ii)

Concept Check 6.2

(i)

(

)

(ii)

(iii)

(

)

xi

Past H.S.C. Questions 1. (ii) 2.

(i)

(

) (iii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

Page 118 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Conics

Calculus, Normals and Tangents

Parametrics

Proofs

Coordinate Geometry

Parametric Relations

In this lesson we move deeper into parametric representation (

) of the parabola

. The main issues to consider are:

–

You must have a complete understanding of the 2 unit coordinate geometry. You will be finding tangents, normal, intercepts, points of intersection midpoints and gradients. Almost all of the 2 unit coordinate geometry will appear in one form or another, usually in extremely complicated circumstances.

–

You should memorise the properties and standard parametric equations of tangents, normals and chords. Admittedly the first part of the question usually asks you to prove these results, so they are often on display in the examination. Nevertheless it is sometimes also very handy to be able to quote a particular fact or formula.

–

Algebraic error is your number one enemy. Small errors will stop you from moving forward.

–

These questions often have several parts building to a final result. If stuck on a part always carefully consider the parts above, the key will usually be hidden there.

–

If you cannot do a particular part just jump over it! DO NOT abandon the entire question just because you are stuck on a minor subpart.

–

If you are tasked with the sketching of a graph take extreme care to correctly transfer the data from the question. A misunderstanding in the sketch will immediately block your progress.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 120 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

DERIVATIVES OF PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

( ) and

Given

the first derivative

( ) are the parametric equations of a curve

( ) then to find

:

Step 1:

Find

and

Step 2:

By the chain rule

Example:

Given

etc.

and

, find

in terms of .

Complete the following solution: …………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………

Concept Check 2.1

i

For each of the following parametric equations, find

in terms of

Note to Students: ⁄ (a)

and

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

and

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 121 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

(

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

) and

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Did You Know:

Concept Check 2.2

Find

)

(

)(

(

)⁄

)

ii

Consider the curve with parametric equations (i)

(

and

.

.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the curve where

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 122 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Find the coordinates of the points on the curve where the tangent is horizontal.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Discussion Question 1:iii For a horizontal tangent, do we set

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

,

or

Page 123 of 213

?

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

3.

POINT OF INTERSECTION OF TANGENTS & NORMALS

The Intersection of Tangents

Tangents drawn to the parabola

Equation of tangent at (

at the points

and

intersect at the point .

) is (

Hence the equation of the tangent at Solve the two equations of tangents at

and

) is simultaneously to determine the coordinates

of , the point of intersection. ………………(1) ………………(2) Substitute (1) into (2) to get Note to Students: Observe the symmetry in and . Swapping and has no effect. This will help you to remember this fact.

Hence (

)

(

)(

(

)

)

Substitute into (1) (

)

The point of intersection of tangents at [ (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

Page 124 of 213

and

are

]

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

( (i)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

iv

) and (

) are two points on the parabola

Find the equation of the tangent at

.

in terms of the parameter .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the coordinates of the point of intersection of the tangents at

and at .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 125 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

(b) ) and ( In the diagram, ( are two points on the parabola Tangents drawn to the parabola at intersect at .

(i)

) . and at

Find the equation of the tangent at .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence write down the equation of the tangent at

………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find the point of intersection of the tangents at

and .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 126 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

The Intersection of Normals

The normals drawn to the parabola

Equation of normal at (

Hence the equation of the normal at

Solve the two equations of the normals simultaneously to determine the coordinates of

at

and

intersect at

.

) is (

) is

………………(1) ………………(2) Equation (1) – Equation (2) (

)

(

)

(

)

( (

)

(

)(

( Substitute

) )

(

(

)

)

)

into equation (1) to determine the value of

(

Note to Students: Observe the symmetry in remember this fact.

)

and . Swapping

and

has no effect. This will help you to

The point of intersection of the normals at

[

(

) (

and

are

)]

Note: Do not memorise this result. However, understand the result and be able to derive it with different parameters as well.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 127 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.2 (a)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

v

Normals are drawn to the parabola

at the points (

(i)

in terms of the parameter

Find the equation of the normal at

) and (

).

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

The normals at

and

intersect at the point . Find the coordinates of .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 128 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

(b)

The diagram shows a variable point (

) on the parabola

(i)

Find the equation of the normal to the parabola

.

at the point

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

At the point , a normal is drawn perpendicular to the normal at . Find the coordinates of in terms of .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

The normals at

and at

intersect at . Find the coordinates of the point .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 129 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

FOCAL CHORD PROPERTIES

In the diagram, the chord

passes

through the focus of the parabola .

The gradient of

The equation of the chord

Since

(

is

)( (

) )

(

is

passes through the focus, then (

)

(

)

(

)

) must satisfy the equation of the chord.

Hence

Hence the condition for a chord

But the gradient of the tangent at the point

to be a focal chord is is

and the gradient of the tangent at the point

on the parabola is . Since the product of the gradients is

then the tangents drawn to

the end-points of a focal chord will intersect at right angles.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 130 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Concept Check 4.1 ( ) and ( show that: (i)

) are two points on the parabola

the tangents at the ends of a focal chord

. If

is a focal chord then

intersect at right angles.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

the tangents at the ends focal chord intersect on the directrix of the parabola. Assume the equation of tangent at is

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 131 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

REFLECTION PROPERTIES

The law of reflection of light states that the angle of incidence of a light ray is equal to the angle of reflection.

The reflection property is: All rays of light emitted from a light source, placed at the focus of a parabolic reflector, are reflected parallel to the axis of the reflector.

Discussion Question 2: How does your car use this fact?

Geometry and the definition of a parabola as a locus are used to show that the reflected ray PM is parallel to the

– axis

In the diagram (Law of reflection: angle of incidence is equal to angle of reflection)

(Locus definition of a parabola,

is equidistant from the focus & directrix)

Note to Students: In any question where the distance from the focus to a point is mentioned, always consider the locus definition of the parabola. Therefore Hence

is an isosceles triangle (2 sides equal) (Base angles of isosceles triangle)

These angles are corresponding angles Therefore, ray PM is parallel to the Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

– axis

Page 132 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.1 ( (i)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

vi

) is a point on the parabola Find the equation of the tangent to the parabola at the point .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

S is the focus of the parabola and

is the

intercept of the tangent at . Prove that

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………..............................

(iii)

Hence show that is equal to the acute angle between the tangent and the line passing through parallel to the axis of the parabola.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 133 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

EQUATION OF THE CHORD OF CONTACT

are drawn from (

Tangents

touch the parabola

at

The chord of contact is

P has coordinates (

.

) and

has coordinates (

The gradient of the chord

The equation of the chord ( (

The gradient of the tangent at (

) is

The equation of the tangent at (

) is

(

) to

)

)

)

)

Point of intersection of the tangents at

and

......................(1) ......................(2)

(

) (

Therefore the tangents at

From the given data,

Equating, gives

(

( ( )

) )

intersect in ( (

has coordinates ( ) and

)

).

).

and substituting into the equation of the chord

( )

The equation of the chord of contact of tangents drawn from (

) to the parabola

is ( Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 134 of 213

) OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

vii

(a)

Tangents drawn from the point ( points and .

) to the parabola

(i)

Write down the equation of the chord of contact

touch the parabola at the

………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

lies on the directrix. Show that this chord of contact is a focal chord.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

) to touch the parabola Tangents are drawn from ( Show that the equation of the chord of contact is

at the points and find its length.

and .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 135 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.2 (a)

(i)

viii

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Examination-type questions

Find the equation of the line through ( .

) and the vertex 0 of the parabola

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

This line meets the directrix in . Prove that tangent at .

, where

is the focus, is parallel to the

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Write down the equation of the chord in terms of the parameters the condition for to pass through the focus .

and

Deduce

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence show that

is parallel to the axis of the parabola.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 136 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

(i)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Sketch the parabola whose parametric equations are and On your diagram, mark the points and which correspond to respectively.

. and

Did You Know: This is a non-standard parametric representation!

There is no ! You cannot use any standard results on questions of this type. Everything needs to be done from basics.

(ii)

Show that the tangents to the parabola at

and

intersect at

(

).

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 137 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

( )is a point on the parabola between and such that the tangent at midpoint of . Show that the tangent at is parallel to .

meets

at the

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 138 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Past H.S.C. Questions Question 1

(2010 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4c) . The point (

The diagram shows the parabola parabola.

The tangent to the parabola at , The point Show that

), where

, is on the 3

, meets the -axis at .

is on the directrix, such that

is perpendicular to the directrix.

is a rhombus.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 139 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Although parametric coordinates were involved, this part was a very simple geometry question requiring the candidates to prove that the given shape was a rhombus. Very few candidates showed that they understood the properties of a rhombus. Those who did know the required properties often led themselves astray via weak algebra. Many then fudged their answers. This was particularly noticeable among those trying to prove four sides had equal length. Candidates proved opposite sides equal but did not complete the algebra to show all sides equal. One of the simplest proofs was showing the midpoints of the diagonals equal and that they bisected at right angles. A number of candidates used this method with very few errors. There were other methods attempted with varying results. MARKING GUIDELINES Criteria

Correct proof Makes significant progress Finds one piece of relevant information

Question 2

(2008 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4c)

The points ( parabola at and right angle. (i)

Marks 3 2 1

. The tangents to the ), ( ) lie on the parabola intersect at . The chord produced meets at , and is a

Find the gradient of

, and hence show that

.

2

………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 140 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

The chord

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

produced meets

at . Show that

is a right angle.

1

………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Let be the midpoint of the chord otherwise, show that .

. BY considering the quadrilateral

, or

2

………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE (i)

Well set out solutions with clear logic were more successful. Mid-range responses found the gradient of but then many multiplied by stating and therefore .

(ii)

It was important to relate the results in (c)(i) to this part. The most successful method simply stated that

(iii)

. Some candidates who could not establish the result in part

(i) nevertheless used the result to successfully complete part (ii). In the better responses, candidates who recognised that was a cyclic quadrilateral were quite efficient and effective at explaining why . Those who tried coordinate geometry formulae found that it was nearly impossible to prove the result and so they spent valuable time completing large amounts of algebra to little benefit. MARKING GUIDELINES (i) Criteria

Correct solution Finds gradient of

or equivalent merit

Marks 2 1

(iii) Criteria

Correct solution Recognises the significance of the fact that

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 141 of 213

Marks 2 1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(i)

ii

(ii)

(iii)

(

)

Concept Check 2.2

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

iii

(

√

) (

√

,

)

Discussion Question 1 or

iv

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(i)

(ii)

(b)

(i)

(ii)

v

( (

)

) (iii)

(

(iii)

(

)

Concept Check 3.2

(a)

(i)

(ii)

(

(b)

(i)

(ii)

(

vi

) )

)

Concept Check 5.1

(i) vii

Concept Check 6.1

(a) (b) viii

(i)

(

)

√

Concept Check 6.2

(a)

(i)

(iii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

Page 142 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The Hyperbola as a Locus

Identifying a Locus

Conics

The Ellipse as a Locus

Parametric Curves

As mentioned earlier, the (

) questions in the Extension 1 papers have many parts.

These parts will often lead to the parametric description of a special point (

). The very

last part will then ask you for the Cartesian equation of the locus over which this point travels. This involves eliminating the parameter(s) and establishing a direct relationship between the

and

variables. This can be a tricky algebraic task:

–

If only one parameter is involved try to eliminate it.

–

If two parameters are involved it is sometimes a good idea to square either the

or the

component and look for patterns. The answer is usually another

parabola.

–

If you are asked to verify a particular equation for the locus, simply substitute the

–

and

components into that equation and check that it is satisfied.

Be aware that it is possible that the locus does not fill out the entire curve. For full marks you will then need to specify domains and/or ranges.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 144 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

LOCUS OF A POINT

Locus is the path traced by a moving point.

A point expressed in parametric form represents a point that changes its position on the coordinate plane as the value of the parameter changes. The path traced by all these points is called the locus of the point.

The Equation of the Locus of Points expressed in terms of One Variable Step 1:

Express the coordinates of the variable point as is the parameter.

Step 2:

Eliminate the parameter from the two equations.

Step 3:

Express the equation of the locus in the form equation of the locus.

( ) and

( ) where

( ), the Cartesian

Example: ( )is a variable point. As the value of the parameter p changes, the position of on the coordinate plane varies. The path that is traced by the varying positions of is called the locus of . Find the equation of the locus of and describe the locus of in geometric terms.

The variable point has coordinates (

) .................(i)

..................(ii) From (i) (

Substitute into (ii) Hence (

)

)

The equation of the locus of

is (

)

(

As varies, it will trace a parabola with vertex ( ). focus at (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 145 of 213

) ) focal length 1 and

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

i

A variable point ( (i)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

) and (

) lie on the coordinate plane.

is the midpoint of the interval parameter .

. Find the coordinates of

in terms of the

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

As varies on the number plane, the position of changes and the point path. This path is called the locus of Find the equation of the locus of

traces a

Note to Students: Eliminate .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(b)

A point divides the interval joining a variable point ( the ratio 2:1. (i)

) and the origin, (

Show that the coordinates of T, in terms of the parameter t, are (

) in

)

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

Find the equation of the locus of

as

varies on the coordinate plane.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 146 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The Equation of the Locus of Points expressed in terms of Two Variables Step 1:

Express the parametric coordinates as parametric equations.

Step 2:

Find the condition that links the two variables

Step 3:

Use the condition linking the two variables to eliminate the variables from the two equations.

Step 4:

Express

as a function of .

Example: A variable point

has coordinates [ (

As the values of

and

varies,

)

] where

.

traces a path. Find the equation of the locus of

and give a geometric description of this locus. Solution: The parametric equations of the locus of (

are:

) ...................(i)

...................(ii) The condition that links the two variables is Since

(

),then square both sides of the equation and (

)

(

) .................(iii) (

)

(

)

Hence Substitute into (iii)

Hence the equation of the locus of

is

parabola vertex the origin and focal length (

. The point

will trace a

The coordinates of the focus are

) and the equation of the directrix is

Discussion Question 1:ii Why do we square but not ? Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 147 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.2

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

iii

) ( )] where A variable point has coordinates [ ( the locus of . Describe the locus of in geometric terms.

. Find the equation of

............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................

Note to Students: If asked to geometrically describe: a parabolic locus, supply the vertex, focus and directrix a circle, give the centre and radius

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 148 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

3.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING ONE VARIABLE Note to Students: These are much harder. Example: In the diagram given below, the tangent at ( axis at and the normal to the parabola at

(i)

Find the equation of the tangent

)( cuts the

) to the parabola – axis at .

cuts the

.

;

Equation of tangent at (

(ii)

) is

)

Find the equation of the normal BP. Gradient of the normal at

is

Equation of the normal at (

(iii)

(

) is

Show that B has coordinates ( Coordinates of :

)

).

, (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

Page 149 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

is the midpoint of

. Find the coordinates of .

Coordinates of

Hence ( (

(v)

)

(

Coordinates of

)

)

Hence find the Cartesian equation of the locus of C. ; hence

(

(vi)

Describe the locus of The locus of

(a)

A point ( The normal at

(i)

in geometric terms.

is a parabola with vertex at (

directrix has equation

Concept Check 3.1

) is the locus of .

) focal length , focus at (

) and

.

iv

) lies on the parabola cuts the

– axis at point

. .

Find the equation of the normal at .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 150 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the coordinates of

.

...................................................................................................................................................

(iii)

is the midpoint of the interval

Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iv)

As varies on the parabola, the position of varies and consequently the position of also varies and the points representing traces a path. This path is called the locus of . Find the equation of the locus of .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(b)

A variable point ( at and the normal at (i)

) lies on the parabola cuts the – axis at .

. The tangent at

cuts the -axis

Find the equation of the tangent at the point

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 151 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the co-ordinates of

...................................................................................................................................................

(iii)

Find the equation of the normal at .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iv)

Find the coordinates of

.

...................................................................................................................................................

(v)

is the midpoint of interval

. Find the locus of

as

varies on the parabola.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Note to Students: Observe how the locus question is almost always the last part.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 152 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The diagram shows a normal drawn to the parabola is the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the focus

(i)

at the point ( to the normal at .

) and

Find the equation of the normal at .

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………..

(ii)

Find the equation of

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 153 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …….…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence find the locus of

as

varies on the parabola.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………….………………………………………………………

(v)

Describe the locus of

in geometric terms.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………….……………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………….………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 154 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING TWO VARIABLES Example:

The diagram shows the normals drawn to the at the points (

parabola and (

)

), the extremities of the focal

chord

(i)

Find the equation of the chord

(

Equation of (

(ii)

The chord

)

passes through the focus . Show that

Coordinates of the focus:

(iii)

)

(

)

Find the equation of the normal at the point

Gradient of the tangent at (

):

Did You Know: You could also differentiate parametrically. ⁄

Gradient of the normal at

is

the equation of the normal at

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 155 of 213

(

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The normal at P and Q intersect at R. Find the coordinates of R.

..................(1) ..................(2) (1) – (2)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

) after dividing by (

)

Substitute into (1) (

) ( Coordinates of

(v)

Hence find the locus of

as

and

)

(

(

)

(

))

vary on the parabola. (

)

(

) and

(

) ...............(i)

(

)......(ii)

()

(

)

(

)

From (ii) (

(

(vi)

)

)

Describe the locus of R in geometric terms.

Locus of

is a parabola with vertex at (

The focus is at (

). The focal length of the parabola is

.

) and the directrix has equation

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 156 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

v

The points ( angle at the vertex (i)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

) and ( ) lie on the parabola of the parabola.

Find the gradient of

.

subtends a right

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(ii)

Hence prove

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(iii)

is the midpoint of the chord

. Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(iv)

Find the equation of the locus of as geometric description of the locus of

and

varies on the parabola. Give a

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 157 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The diagram shows tangents drawn to the parabola ( ). The tangents intersect at

(i)

at the points (

) and

Find the equation of the tangent at .

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(ii)

Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(iii)

The tangents at and

and

intersect at right angles at

Find a relationship between

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………….………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 158 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Hence find the equation of the locus of

as

and

vary on the parabola.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v)

Describe the locus of

in geometric terms.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………

(c)

(

) and (

the parabola at the points

(i)

) are two points on the parabola and

. Tangents drawn to

intersect at

Find the equation of the tangent at

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 159 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the coordinates of the point

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(iii)

The point

lies on the line

. Show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………

(iv)

is the midpoint of

. Hence find the locus of

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(v)

Describe the locus of M in geometric terms.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 160 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Past H.S.C. Questions Question 1

(1999 HS.C. Mathematics Extension 1 Q4b) 6

The diagram shows the graph of the parabola . The tangent to the parabola at ( ), , cuts the axis at . The normal to the parabola at cuts the axis at . (i)

Derive the equation of the tangent

.vi

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(ii)

Show that

has coordinates (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(iii)

Let

be the midpoint of

. Find the Cartesian equation of the locus of .vii

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… Discussion Question 2:viii Why is ? Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 161 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE (i)

Deriving the tangent, , was a simple application of bookwork using the parametric locus . This part was very well done, although some candidates made it more complicated by attempting to reproduce remembered bookwork for the locus , without letting . As only two marks were assigned to this part, examiners did not insist that candidates use calculus to determine that the slope of the tangent at was . Candidates who simply quoted this fact were able to obtain full marks.

(ii)

Candidates needed to find the equation of the normal in terms of the parameter nad substitute to obtain . Although this was well done, many responses showed attempts to ‘fudge’ the final step from an incorrect equation. Candidates making genuine attempts in questions where the answer is given should ensure that each step is clearly presented to avoid any doubt about its authenticity. For instance, candidates should explicitly state ‘let ’ and show the corresponding substitution clearly.

(iii)

The majority of the candidature found the midpoint (

), but then found it very difficult to

get the second mark by solving simultaneously using

, to obtain the Cartesian form of

locus

. Many candidates obtained the equation

and then made errors

in attempts to simplify this expression. Such errors were ignored, and these candidates were awarded both marks. A number of candidates tried to use the distance formula with no chance of success, as all points on the perpendicular bisector of and .

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 162 of 213

. This approach had are equidistant from

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

(i)

(b)

(ii)

ii

to introduce

and

.

); concave up parabola with vertex (0,18), focus (

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

v

(ii)

Concept Check 2.2 (

iv

)

Discussion Question 1

We square iii

(

(i)

x py 2ap ap 3

(iv)

x 2 a y a

(i)

y px 3p 2

(iv)

N 0,6 3 p 2

(i)

x ty 6t 3t 3

(iv)

x 2 3 y 3

(v)

Parabola; Vertex

0,3 ;

(ii)

N 0,2a ap 2

(ii)

T 3p,0

(v)

x2

(ii)

y tx 3

Focus 0,3

), directrix

(iii)

M ap, a ap 2

(iii)

x py 6 p 3 p 3

(iii)

3t,3t

3 y 3 2

2

3

1 3 ; Directrix y 2 4 4

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

a p2 q2 a p q , 2

(i)

p 2

(iii)

(iv)

x 2 2a y 4a ;

Parabola ; Vertex

(i)

y px 4 p 2

(ii)

R4 p q ,4 pq

(iv)

y 4

(v)

A line parallel to the x-axis and intersecting the y-axis at

(i)

y px ap 2

(ii)

a p q, apq

(iv)

x 2 2a y 2a

(v)

Parabola; Vertex

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

0,4a ;

Page 163 of 213

Focus 0, (iii)

(iii)

7a 9a ; Directrix y 2 2 pq 1

4

pq 2

0,2a ; Focus 0, 5a ; Directrix y 3a

2

2

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Past HS.C. Questions vi

(i)

vii

(iii)

viii

Discussion Question 2

You were given that

and

(

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

).

Page 164 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 1

Complex Numbers

Quadratic Polynomials

Long Division

Conics

Polynomials 1

Roots and Factors

Curve Sketching

Inequalities

Roots of Cubics and Quartics

Polynomials are the simplest and most well behaved of all of the functions. They are trivial to integrate and differentiate and have specific properties which can be exploited to our advantage. In a very real sense they are the building blocks from which all other functions may be constructed.

The general theory of polynomials extends from simple 2 unit quadratic functions all the way to complex numbers in the Extension 2 syllabus. In the Extension 1 papers we see straightforward remainder theorem questions very early in the paper (often in the MCQ section) and deeper division algorithm problems in the middle sections of the exams.

In this lesson we will explore:

–

Polynomial Division

–

The Remainder Theorem

–

Properties of Polynomial Roots and Factors

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 166 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

DEFINITION AND NOTATION ( )

is called a polynomial

expression of degree

…,

,

where

is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

are called coefficients and

is called the leading coefficient and

is

called the constant term.

is called the leading term.

When

If

, the polynomial is called a monic polynomial. then the polynomial ( ) is called a zero polynomial.

… ( )

is called a polynomial equation of degree that satisfy the equation ( )

Real values of

are called the real roots or real zeros of

the polynomial.

( ) is a constant polynomial if

Concept Check 2.1 (a)

…

then ( )

.

i

If ( )

then the degree of the polynomial is ………………….

The leading term is………………………… The leading coefficient is ………………….. The constant term is…………………… The coefficient of

is …………………….. and the polynomial has ………… terms.

Note to Students: Always write your polynomials with the biggest power at the front down to the smallest power at the back.

(b)

Write down a monic polynomial of degree 3 that has 4 terms and a constant term of 5.

Note to Students: Monic means that the leading co-efficient is .

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 167 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

Explain why

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

is not a polynomial.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)

State the degree, leading coefficient and constant term of (

)(

)

Note to Students: Do not expand. Just imagine what would happen if you did expand.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 168 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

3.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

OPERATIONS WITH POLYNOMIALS Discussion Question 1:ii Let ( ) and ( )

. Are

and

the same polynomial?

Equality

Two polynomials

and are equal if and only if

,

,

, .... ,

,

,

Addition and Subtraction

The sum or difference of two polynomials is found by collecting “like terms”. (

)

given by (

)

(

(

)

) is (

)

(

)

(

)

Multiplication

Use the distributive law to find the product of two polynomials (

)( (

)

)

The degree of ( ) ( ) is the sum of the degrees of ( ) and ( ) where ( ) and ( ) are both polynomials.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 169 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Division

The long division process may be applied to polynomials in the following way:

Therefore (

and hence where ( (

) is called the quotient, (

)(

)

) is called the divisor and

) is called the remainder

When ( ) is divided by ( ), the degree of ( ) must be less than or equal to the degree of ( ) and the degree of the remainder must be less than the degree of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 170 of 213

( ).

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

iii

Expand and simplify (

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………..................................................................................................................

(b)

–

Find the quotient and the remainder when

is divided

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………........................................................................

Complete the following: –

(

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)(

Page 171 of 213

)

(

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

When values of

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

is divided by

the remainder is

. Find the

and

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)

Find the values of

given that

is divisible by

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 172 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

THE DIVISION TRANSFORMATION

When ( ) is divided by ( ) the degree of ( ) must be less than or equal to the degree of ( ).

( ) can be expressed in the form ( )

( ) ( )

( ) where ( ) is called the

quotient, ( ) is called the divisor and ( ) is called the remainder.

The expression, ( )

( ) ( )

( ), is called the division transformation. The

degree of ( ) must be less than the degree of ( ). Concept Check 4.1 (i)

Divide

iv

–

by

and express the result in the division transformation.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the values of

and

if

is divisible by

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Did You Know: The division algorithm should be used as a last resort. There are often much quicker alternatives.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 173 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

THE REMAINDER THEOREM

When ( ) is divided by (

), the degree of the divisor is 1, so the degree of the

remainder must be 0. Hence the remainder is a constant.

The division transformation becomes ( )

Substituting

Hence the remainder theorem states:

(

) ( )

where

is a constant

into the division transformation gives the remainder

When ( ) is divided by (

( )

) the remainder is ( )

Did You Know: The remainder theorem applies exclusively to division by lines.

Concept Check 5.1 (a)

v

Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder when .

–

is divided by

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

When – – is divided by theorem to find the value of .

–

the remainder is 5. Use the remainder

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 174 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

–

Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder when by –

is divided

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)

Given that ( – ) ( ) and without actual division.

(

) factorise

–

and hence find

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(e)

Find the remainder when

–

is divided by

–

–

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 175 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

FACTOR THEOREM

When ( ) is divided by (

) and ( )

then ( – ) is a factor of ( ) and a is called

a root of ( ) or a zero of ( )

Proof: By the remainder theorem, ( )

( – ) ( )

( ) Since ( – ) is a factor, then Hence ( ) and ( )

( – ) ( )

Therefore ( –

) is a factor of ( )

Factorisation of Polynomials

Using the remainder theorem, ( )

can be factorised using a as a

possible zero.

( – )(

Hence

)

Therefore ac = 6 and hence a must be a factor of 6 as both a and c are integers. By trial and error the possible zeros of ( ) are

and

.

Testing these values: ( ) Therefore (

( (

)(

and therefore ( )

–

) is a factor. ( )

By inspection,

) )

and hence (

)(

(

)(

since

) )(

)

When factorizing polynomials, the method is basically searching for a factor using trial and error. In this search we try only the factors of the constant term,

to find the value that

makes ( )

If the degree of ( ) is 3, then we need to find only one value as the quotient will be a quadratic and we use inspection to find the quadratic and further factorise if possible.

For polynomials of degree 4, we need to find two zeroes by inspection.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 176 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1

(a)

(i)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

vi

Find the value of k if

(

)

(

) is divisible by (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

For this value of , factorise

(

)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 177 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

(i)

Find the values of

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

and

given that

is divisible by

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

For these values of a and

factorise

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 178 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

7.

DEDUCTIONS FROM THE FACTOR THEOREM

Result 1 ( )

If the polynomial zeroes factor of ( )

) then ( –

(where

)( –

)(

has ) ( –

distinct ) is a

Proof is a zero of ( ) then ( ) = 0 and hence ( ) can be expressed in the form ( )

(

)

is a zero of

( ) by the division transformation ( ) then

(

)

(

)

(

)

. But

since the zeros are

distinct. (

) = 0 and hence ( – ( )

( –

) is a factor of )(

is a zero of ( ) then ( But Hence ( )

)

)

(

( ) and hence

( )

(

)( –

)

)

( )

( ) –

)(

)

(

)

since the zeros are distinct. ( ( –

)

and hence ( – )

) is a factor of

( )

( )

and therefore ( )

( –

)

)(

( )

( –

)(

( )

By repetition of the above argument it can be shown that ( )

( –

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)(

)( –

)

Page 179 of 213

( –

)

( )

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.1

(a)

(i)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

vii

Show that 1 and 2 are zeroes of ( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence factorise

( ).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

Show that ( )( ) is a factor of ( ) m and n are positive integers.

(

)

(

)

(

) where

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 180 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Result 2 If the polynomial ( )

has n distinct then ( )

zeroes

( –

)(

)( –

( –

)

) where the

is necessary to give the correct leading term of the polynomial i.e.

Proof are distinct zeroes of ( ) then the product

Since ( –

)( –

)(

From result 1, ( )

( –

( –

) is a factor of ( ) )( –

)(

( ) is .

Since the leading term in ( ) is

.

( –

)( –

)(

)

) ( ) where ( ) must have

( –

)

degree zero since the degree of

( )

)

( –

)

Result 3 ( )

A polynomial have more than

of degree

cannot

real zeroes.

Proof Suppose that ( ) has Hence ( )

But ( )

Therefore( –

( –

( –

)(

)(

) ( )

as zeros. )( –

)( –

)

)

( –

( –

for all values of

Hence ( ) cannot have more than

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)( –

) ( )

)

This is impossible since

is a constant.

real zeros if it is a polynomial of degree .

Page 181 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Result 4

( )

If polynomial

has more than n and hence ( )

distinct zeroes, then

for all values of .

Proof Assume there are (

) zeroes

and . are zeroes of ( ) then

From result 2, since ( ) But ( )

)(

( –

, and therefore

Hence either But

( –

or

)( –

)

)( –

)(

( – )

)

( –

)

or ………..or

or

is distinct from

therefore

Hence ( )

and since are distinct zeroes of ( ) then ( )

But ( )

, therefore

( –

)(

)( –

( –

)(

)( –

) )

( – ( –

) )

and therefore

since

Proceeding in this manner, we can show that ( )

and therefore

for all values of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 182 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Result 5

If ( )

( ) are polynomials each of degree , and are equal for all values of x then where

and

are

the coefficients of ( ) and ( ).

Proof Let ( )

and

( )

be two polynomials which are equal

for more than

Then

( )

distinct values of . ( ) = ………………………………………………………………………………….

Therefore { ( )

( ) is a polynomial of degree

with more than

distinct zeroes.

From the remainder and factor theorem, if is a zero of ( ) and of ( ) then () and () ( )

and hence ()

()

. Therefore, is a zero of the polynomial

( )

Using result 4: (

)

, ………………… ……………………… …… (

)

Therefore, , …………………………………………………………

Hence ( )

( ) have equal coefficients for corresponding powers of

and thus ( )

( ) are equal for all values of .

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 183 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.2 (a)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

viii

if the polynomials ( )

Find the values of the constants ( )

(

)(

)

(

)

and

are equal for all values of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

( )

(i)

Write down (

) and

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

If ( ) is an even polynomial, show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 184 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

If ( ) is an odd polynomial, show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence state general results for the coefficients of odd and even powers of polynomial is even or odd.

when a

Did You Know: Odd polynomials are made up of odd powers. Even polynomials are made up of even powers.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 2:ix Let ( ) . Is odd or even? Concept Check 7.3 (i)

Prove that 2,

3 are zeroes of ( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the linear factors of ( ) x …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 185 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Concept Check 7.4 When the polynomial ( ) is divided by ( ( )

(i)

)(

), the quotient is ( ) and the remainder is

Why is the most general form of ( ) given by ( )

?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Given that ( )

, show that ( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Further, when ( ) is divided by (

), the remainder is 5. Find ( ).xi

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………..............................…………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 186 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a) (b) (c)

The degree of

must be an integer equal to or greater than

(d) ii

Discussion Question 1

No iii

Concept Check 3.1

(a) (b)

3x 8

x 7 8x 6 x 5

( )

22 x 4 49 x 3

x2

46 x 45

( )

(c) (d) iv

Concept Check 4.1

(x2

(i)

v

4)( x 3) 8x 11

(ii)

Concept Check 5.1

(a)

(b)

(d)

(e)

vi

(c)

Concept Check 6.1

(a)

(i)

(ii)

(c)

(i)

(ii)

vii

( (

)( ) (

)(

)

)

Concept Check 7.1

(a)

(ii)

( x 1)( x 2)( x 2 5)

viii

Concept Check 7.2

(a) (b) ix

(i)

(

)

( )

Discussion Question

Even. Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 187 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

x

Concept Check 7.3

(ii)

( x 2)( x 3)( x 1)( x 4)

xi

Concept Check 7.4

(iii)

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 188 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 2

Complex Numbers

Quadratic Polynomials

Long Division

Conics

Polynomials 1

Curve Sketching

Sums and Products of Roots

Inequalities

Roots of Cubics and Quartics

Even though polynomials are relatively simple objects, solving polynomial equations is not a trivial task. Indeed most cubic equations cannot be solved unless we get a lit bit lucky in guessing an initial root. We can then use long division to find the other roots. This process of guessing followed by long division is the only technique we have once we hit the cubic level. Similarly factorising a random polynomial is also an impossible task.

You saw in term 2 however that if a polynomial is presented in factored form, the sketch of its graph is immediately accessible. This theory will be revisited in this lesson.

We will close off this term’s work with the theory of roots and coefficients. Even though most polynomial equations cannot be solved we can still extract surprisingly useful information regarding the roots without actually finding the roots. This is a natural extension of the theory of sums and product of roots from the 2 unit syllabus. It is examined directly in the early stages of the Extension 1 paper and is an essential tool in many of the harder Extension 2 questions where polynomial equations spring naturally from the theory of conics and inequalities.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 190 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS

The equation ( )

where ( )

is a

polynomial equation of degree .

Any value of Since ( )

that satisfies the equation is called a root or zero of the polynomial. , then we can use the factor theorem to solve the equation.

Example: Solve the equation Note to Students: Our only option is to guess! Try integers which divide into the constant term. Solution: Step 1:

Factorise

Possible factors of 3 are

and

Using the factor theorem, test the values ( (

)

hence (

) or (

) to find a zero.

is a factor

)(

) by inspection

To find the value of , equate the coefficients of

Step 2:

(

)(

(

)(

Use the fact that (

)(

)(

) )(

then

)

or

or

)

or

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 191 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

i

Solve the following polynomial equations Note to Students: Learn to use your calculator efficiently for these repeated calculations. (i)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 192 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(iii) Note to Students: A fourth degree polynomial means that 2 guesses will probably be needed.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 193 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

3.

GRAPHS OF POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Graphs of the Form

( – )(

)(

)

Note to Students: We have explored this in Term 2, Lesson 2 where we needed to graph equations to solve inequalities. Example: Sketch the curve

(

)(

)(

).

Solution Step 1:

Find the

– intercepts of the curve by letting or 2

Step 2:

Find the

– intercept of the curve by letting (

Step 3:

)(

)( )

Plot these points and sketch the curve (

Curves in the form These curves cut the

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( – )( – axis at

Page 194 of 213

)(

)(

)(

).

) have distinct zeros.

, and

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Concept Check 3.1 Sketch the following curves (i)

(

)(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)(

)(

)

Note to Students: The does almost nothing. There is certainly no root at

!

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 195 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Note to Students: Recall: Even powers bounce off the -axis Odd powers cut the -axis Example: ) (

(

Sketch the curve

)

Solution

Step 1:

Find the

and

intercepts of the curve.

intercepts:

hence

intercept:

Step 2:

or 1

( ) (

,

)

Identify the single and double roots. There is a double root at

. The curve will touch the

There will be a turning point at

There is a single root at

Step 3:

axis at

.

, the curve will cross the

axis at

Sketch the curve Note: Test (

The curves in the form The curve cuts the

( – )(

– axis at

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

) (

)

) have a single root at and a double root at

and touches the – axis at Page 196 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Concept Check 3.2 Sketch the following: (i)

(

) (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 197 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Example:

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(

Sketch the curve

) (

)

Solution:

Step 1:

Find the

and

– intercepts of the curve.

intercepts: intercept:

Step 2:

( )(

) ( )

Identify single and double roots and triple roots There is a double root at be a turning point at

There is a single root at

There is a triple root at

. The curve will touch the

axis at

There will

.

, the curve will cross the

axis at

. The curve has a horizontal point of inflexion on the

axis at

Step 3:

Plot the points and sketch the curve Note: Test (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 198 of 213

) (

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Concept Check 3.3 Sketch the following polynomial curves clearly showing any intercepts with the coordinate axes. (i)

(

)(

)

(ii)

(

)(

) (

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 199 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

(

)(

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

)

Note to Students: Testing a single point beyond the roots will clarify the orientation of the sketch.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 200 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

4.

RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE ROOTS & COEFFICIENTS

Cubic Equations

The roots of the cubic equation

are

The roots of the equation (

)(

Hence

)(

)

(

)(

[

(

)

(

)

are also

)(

and . and .

) (

) (

] )

Equating coefficients of: (

gives

)

(

gives

)

the constant term gives

Hence if

and

are the roots of the cubic equation

The sum of the roots

The sum of the roots taken in pairs

The product of the roots

then:

Did You Know: will help you remember the signs.

(

Important Result to remember:

)

(

)

Proof: (

)

(

(

)(

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

) (

)

(

) Page 201 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Example: and

are the roots of

. Find the values of:

(i) (ii) (iii)

Did You Know: This is a very common exam question.

(iv) (v) (vi)

(

)(

)(

)

Solution: (i)

(ii)

(iii)

( (

(

)

)

)

(iv) (

)

(v)

(vi)

(

)(

)(

) ( (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

(

)

(

)

)

Page 202 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1 (a)

If

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

ii

are the roots of

(i)

find:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

If

(i)

are the roots of

find:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 203 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(iv)

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………….…………………………………………

(v)

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………….…………………………………………

(vi)

(

)(

)(

)

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………….………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………….……………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 204 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2 (a)

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

iii

The polynomial equation to 4. Find the roots of the equation.

has the product of two of its roots equal

............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................

(b)

The polynomial ( ) (i)

has real roots √

√ , and .

Explain why

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 205 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 206 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Quartic Equations

If

are the roots of the quadratic equation,

and The equation (

)(

)(

)( (

Hence [ )

(

)

also has roots

) )(

)(

)(

(

.

) )

(

]

Equating coefficients of: (

gives

gives

gives

)

(

)

(

)

The constant term gives

Did You Know: will help you to remember the signs.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 207 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.3 (a)

If

and

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

iv

are the roots of

find:

(i) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………

(vi)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 208 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(vii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………….………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

The roots of the equation 2 x 4

(i)

4 x 2 5x 3 0 are

and

. Find the values of:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……….………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….……………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 209 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

(

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

)(

)(

)(

)

...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................................................................................................................................

(v)

The roots of the equation terms of and , the value of (

)(

are , , and . Find, in )( )( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 210 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Past H.S.C. Questions Question 1

(2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q2a)v

The quadratic equation (i)

Find

has roots

and .

.

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find

.

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find

.

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE This part was generally done well. The main error was to incorrectly quote the rules for the sum and product of the quadratic roots. When this occurred, the mark for part (iii) could still be obtained for evaluating

from the previous answers. In some responses the irrational

roots were calculated using the quadratic formula and full marks were possible at the expense of time, working and the likelihood of errors. There were a number of non-attempts for part (iii) and quite a few incorrect attempts to add the fractions

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 211 of 213

.

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Question 2

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(2006 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4a)vi

The cubic polynomial ( ) real zeroes and – . (i)

, where

Find the value of .

and are real numbers, has three

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the value of

.

2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 212 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1 (i) √

(ii)

(iii)

(ii) (ii)

(iii) (iii)

(v)

(vi)

(ii) (v)

(iii) (vi)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(iv) ii

Concept Check 4.1 (a) (i) (b) (i) (iv) iii

Concept Check 4.2 (a) iv

Concept Check 4.3 (a) (i) (iv) (vii) (b)

Past H.S.C. Questions v 1. (i) vi 2. (i)

(ii) (ii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(iii)

Page 213 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

View more...
Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

Page 2 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

Page 3 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

CONTENTS LESSON 1:

LOCUS & PARABOLA 2.......................................................... 7

1. OVERVIEW OF LOCUS & PARABOLA 2 .................................................................. 8 2. THE PARABOLA AS A LOCUS .................................................................................. 9 3. FEATURES OF THE PARABOLA ............................................................................ 17 4. PARABOLAS WITH VERTEX NOT AT THE ORIGIN ............................................... 23

LESSON 2:

INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1............................................ 35

1. OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1.................................................... 36 2. LIMITS OF A FUNCTION ......................................................................................... 37 3. CONTINUITY ............................................................................................................ 46 4. GRADIENTS OF SECANT AND TANGENTS .......................................................... 51

LESSON 3:

INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2............................................ 63

1. OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2.................................................... 64 2. DIFFERENTIATION OF

...................................................................................... 65

3. THEOREMS ON DERIVATIVES .............................................................................. 69 4. COMPOSITE FUNCTION (CHAIN) RULE ................................................................ 74 5. PRODUCT RULE ..................................................................................................... 77 6. QUOTIENT RULE..................................................................................................... 81 7. TANGENTS & NORMALS TO CURVES .................................................................. 85

LESSON 4:

PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1 ................................... 95

1. OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION .............................................. 96 2. CARTESIAN AND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS ...................................................... 97 3. PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS OF A PARABOLA..................................................... 100 4. THE EQUATION OF A CHORD OF

....................................................... 102

5. EQUATIONS OF TANGENTS TO THE PARABOLA .............................................. 106 6. EQUATION OF NORMAL TO THE PARABOLA .................................................... 110

LESSON 5:

PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2 ................................. 119

1. OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2 ......................................... 120 2. DERIVATIVES OF PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS .................................................... 121 3. POINT OF INTERSECTION OF TANGENTS & NORMALS ................................... 124 4. FOCAL CHORD PROPERTIES.............................................................................. 130 5. REFLECTION PROPERTIES ................................................................................. 132 6. EQUATION OF THE CHORD OF CONTACT......................................................... 134

LESSON 6:

PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3 ................................. 143

1. OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3 ......................................... 144 2. LOCUS OF A POINT .............................................................................................. 145 3. LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING ONE VARIABLE ............................................... 149 Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 4 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

4. LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING TWO VARIABLES ............................................ 155

LESSON 7:

POLYNOMIALS 1................................................................. 165

1. OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 1 ......................................................................... 166 2. DEFINITION AND NOTATION ............................................................................... 167 3. OPERATIONS WITH POLYNOMIALS ................................................................... 169 4. THE DIVISION TRANSFORMATION ..................................................................... 173 5. THE REMAINDER THEOREM ............................................................................... 174 6. FACTOR THEOREM .............................................................................................. 176 7. DEDUCTIONS FROM THE FACTOR THEOREM .................................................. 179

LESSON 8:

POLYNOMIALS 2................................................................. 189

1. OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 2 ......................................................................... 190 2. POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS .................................................................................. 191 3. GRAPHS OF POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS............................................................. 194 4. RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE ROOTS & COEFFICIENTS ............................ 201

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 5 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

TERM 3 THEORY BOOKLETS

Page 6 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

OVERVIEW OF LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Locus

Quadratic Functions

Locus and the Parabola

Conics

Completing the Square

We begin the term by redefining the standard parabola as a locus. This topic is often referred to as “

Locus in the Complex Plane

” and is an extremely common question in the 2 unit papers.

You will need to be able to generate the equation of a parabola given various pieces of locus information. You will also be asked to identify a parabola’s geometrical features such as vertex, focus and directrix.

This topic also extends naturally into the parametric (

) topic in the Extension 1

course and even to the conics section of Extension 2 mathematics.

A typical example is the following question from the 2011 H.S.C. paper. 2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q3b A parabola has focus (

(2 marks)

) and directrix

. Find the coordinates of the vertex.

Be alert to the possibility that the parabola may sit upside down or left to right rather than in its standard position.

We will also make extensive use of the technique of completing the square to deal with situations where the vertex of the parabola is not at the origin. If you are a little rusty on completing the square, you should revise the topic before attempting the harder problems.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 8 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

THE PARABOLA AS A LOCUS

A parabola is a locus of points equidistant from a fixed point called the focus and a fixed line called the directrix.

The vertex or turning point of the parabola lies midway between the focus and the directrix.

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus (

In the diagram, the focus, , has coordinates ( The axis of symmetry is the

)

) and the directrix has equation

.

axis.

From the definition of a parabola as a locus, all points lying on the parabola must be equidistant from the focus and the directrix. Hence

( are (

) is midway between the focus and the directrix. Hence the coordinates of the vertex ).

Using the graph shown above and the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is

In the diagram, the point ( (

.

) lies on the parabola, (

) is the focus and the point

) lies on the directrix.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 9 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

The locus definition of a parabola is distance of

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

the distance of

from the focus must equal the

from the directrix. i.e.

Using the distance formula: )

√(

(

)

Also:

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 10 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

(

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus at

The parabola shown in the diagram has focus (

) and directrix

The vertex is at (

symmetry the

)

.

) and axis of axis.

Using the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is:

Using the distance formula: √(

)

(

)

√(

)

(

)

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 11 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus (

The parabola shown in the diagram has focus (

) and directrix

The vertex is at (

the

)

.

) and axis of symmetry

axis.

Using the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is

Using the distance formula: √(

)

(

)

√(

)

(

)

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 12 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Equations of Parabolas with Vertex the Origin and Focus (

)

The parabola shown in the diagram has focus (

) and directrix

.

The vertex is at ( symmetry the

) and axis of axis.

Using the definition of a parabola as a locus, it can be shown that the equation of the parabola is

Using the distance formula: √(

)

(

)

√(

)

(

)

From the definition of a parabola:

Hence (

)

(

)

Hence, the equation of the parabola with the focus at (

), vertex (

) and directrix

is

Note to Students:

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 13 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1 (i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

i

Find the equation of the locus of the point ( point (

) that moves so that its distance from the

) is equal to its distance from the line

Note to Students: ( ) is the focus

is the directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(ii)

Hence show that (4, 1) lies on the parabola …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iii)

Sketch the parabola.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 14 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

ii

Concept Check 2.2

In the following questions, the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix are given. Find the equation of the parabola: (i)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………….……………………………………………………………

(ii)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iii)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………….……………………………………………………………

(iv)

Focus (

);

Directrix

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………….…………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 15 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.3

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

iii

Write down the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix for the following parabolas: Note to Students: Always start with a sketch! (i) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(ii)

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iii) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(iv) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

(v) …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………….

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 16 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

3.

FEATURES OF THE PARABOLA

Focal Length

The focal length of a parabola is the distance between the focus and the vertex. It is equivalent to the distance between the vertex and the directrix.

Axis of Symmetry

The axis of symmetry of a parabola is called the axis of the parabola. It passes through the vertex and the focus of the parabola and is perpendicular to the directrix.

Chord

An interval joining any two points on a parabola is called a chord.

Focal Chord

A chord that passes through the focus is called a focal chord.

Latus Rectum

A focal chord that is perpendicular to the axis of the parabola is called the latus rectum.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 17 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

iv

A parabola has equation

. Find the

Note to Students: Your first job is to find the focal length “ ” You should also pick between , (i)

,

,

coordinates of the vertex.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(ii)

equation of the axis of symmetry.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iii)

coordinates of the focus.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iv)

equation of the directrix.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(v)

focal length.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

Note to Students: The focal length is always positive. (vi)

equation of the latus rectum.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

Note to Students: The latus rectum is a chord passing through the focus, parallel to the directrix Its length is

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 18 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(vii)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

length of the latus rectum. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …….………………………………………………………………………………………….………… ………………………………………………………………….………………………………………

(b)

A parabolic arch has equation (i)

. Find the:

equation of its latus rectum.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………….…………………………………………………….........

(ii)

focal length of the parabola.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iii)

span of the arch when its height is 5 metres.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………….………………………………………………

(c)

For the parabola

, show that the length of the latus rectum is equal to

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………….…………………………………………………………… …………………………………………….……………………………………….…………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 19 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.2 (a)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

v

A parabola has its vertex at the origin, its axis along the point ( ). (i)

axis and it passes through the

Find the equation of the parabola.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… ………………….………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………….………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………….……………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii)

Write down the focal length of the parabola.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………........................

(iii)

Find the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix.

………………….……………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….……………………………………………………………………………………….… ……………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………

Note to Students: The focus must be presented as a point – For example, say “the focus is ( )” The directrix must be presented as a line – For example, say “the directrix is (b)

”, not “the directrix is

”

A parabola has its vertex at (0, 0), the equation of its axis is and its latus rectum has length 4 units. Find the possible equations of the parabola with these features. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….……………………………………………….……………………………………… ……………....................................…………………………………….…………………………… ……………....................................…………………………………….……………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 20 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.3

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

vi

Find the equation of the following parabolas.

(i)

Vertex (

) focal length 2 units, axis of symmetry

.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(ii)

Vertex (

), focus (

).

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………….

(iii)

Focus (

) directrix

.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………….

(iv)

Focus (

), directrix

.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………………….

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 21 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.4 (a)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

vii

A chord of the parabola chord.

has equation

. Find the length of the

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………..…………………………………….………………………… ………………………………………….…………………………………….…………………………

(b)

A chord of the parabola the midpoint of the chord.

lies along the line

. Find the coordinates of

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………..…………………………………….…………………………

Discussion Question 1: Can you do this question without actually solving the quadratic equation?viii (c)

A focal chord of the parabola

has slope

. Find the equation of the focal chord.

…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………. …………….…………………………………………………………………………………………… …………….………………………………………………………………………………………….… …………….……………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 22 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

4.

PARABOLAS WITH VERTEX NOT AT THE ORIGIN

Parabolas with Vertex (

) and Axis Parallel to the

In the diagram, the parabola has vertex ( ) and its directrix has equation

With reference to the

From the diagram,

Hence with reference to the

) and focal length . Its focus is at (

.

axes, the equation of the parabola is of the form and

. axes, the equation of the parabola becomes (

axis

)

(

)

Hence we can conclude that the equation of a parabola with focus ( directrix

) and

is (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

Page 23 of 213

(

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

ix

On a number plane, plot the point (

) and draw the line

𝑦

O

(ii)

𝑥

Find the locus of a point which moves in a plane so that its distance from the point ( equal to its distance from the line .

) is

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………………………………….…………………………… ……………………………………….…………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….…………………………………… …………………………………………………….……………………………………….…… ……………………………………………………………….………………………………… ….…………………………………………………………………….………………………… ………….…………………………………………………………………….…………….… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …….………………………………………………………………………………………….…

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 24 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

x

Find the equation of the following parabolas. Note to Students: Always start with a sketch! (i)

Focus (

) and directrix

.

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Vertex (

), axis parallel to the

– axis and passing through the point (

).

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Vertex (

) focal length 2 units, axis of symmetry

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….……………………………………………

(iv)

Vertex (

) focus (

).

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….……………………………………………

(v)

Axis of symmetry

, Vertex (

) and

intercept .

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………….……………………………………….…………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 25 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.3

(a)

xi

A parabola has equation

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

.

Find the coordinates of its vertex and focus.

Note to Students: Complete the square.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………….…………………………………………………………… …………………………………………….……………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equations of its directrix and latus rectum.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(b)

Find the coordinates of the focus and the equation of the directrix of the parabola

Note to Students: Before completing the square, make the coefficient of

equal to .

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………….…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 26 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.4

xii

A parabola has equation (i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

(

)

Draw a neat sketch of the parabola and clearly indicate on it the equation of its directrix, the coordinates of its focus and the coordinates of all points of intersection of the parabola with the coordinate axes. 𝑦

𝑥

0

(b)

Another parabola with equation the coordinates of

cuts the parabola

(

) at

and

Find

and

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….………………………………….……………………………… …………………………………….……………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….…………………………………… …………………………………………………….……………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 27 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.5

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

xiii

Sketch the parabola whose focus is the point ( ) and whose directrix is Indicate on your diagram the coordinates of its vertex.

.

𝑦

𝑥

(ii)

Find the equation of the parabola

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(iii)

The parabola cuts the axis at the point . Find the coordinates of the point . Hence find the equation of the focal chord passing through the point .

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………….…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….……………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 28 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Parabolas with Vertex (

A parabola with vertex (

) and Axis Parallel to the

), focal length , focus at (

and axis parallel to the (

A parabola with vertex (

(

Concept Check 4.6

), directrix with equation

axis has equation )

(

)

), focal length , focus at (

and axis parallel to the

–axis

), directrix with equation

axis has equation )

(

)

xiv

) that moves in a plane so that its distance from the Find the equation of the locus of a point ( )is equal to its distance from the line point ( .

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………….…………………………………….…………………………………… ……………………………….…………….…………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… …………………………………………………….…………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 29 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.7

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

xv

Find the equation of the following parabolas

(i)

Focus (

) and Directrix

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(ii)

vertex (

) axis parallel to the

– axis and passing through the point (

)

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Vertex (

), focal length

units, axis of symmetry

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Vertex (

) focus (

)

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………

(v)

Axis of symmetry

, Vertex (

) and focal length

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………….…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….…………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 30 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.8

xvi

A parabola has equation

(i)

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

. Find

the coordinates of its vertex Note to Students: Complete the square.

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….……………………………………………………………

(ii)

its focal length

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

the equation of its directrix

…………….…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence sketch the parabola

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 31 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Past H.S.C. Questionsxvii

Question 1

(2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q3b)

A parabola has focus (

) and directrix

. Find the coordinates of the vertex.

2

…………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……….…………………………………….…………………………………………………… ……………….…………….…………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….……………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 32 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(i) ii

Concept Check 2.2

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv) iii

Concept Check 2.3

(i)

(

)

(ii)

(

)

(iv)

(

)

(v)

(

)

iv

(iii)

(

(ii)

(iii)

(

(v)

(vi)

(ii)

(iii)

(ii)

(iii)

(ii)

(iii)

)

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(i)

(

)

(iv)

)

(vii) (b) v

(i)

√

Concept Check 3.2

(a)

(i)

(

)

(b) vi

Concept Check 3.3

(i) (iv) vii

Concept Check 3.4

(a) viii

√

(b)

(

)

(c)

Discussion Question 1

Yes ix

Concept Check 4.1

(ii)

x

22 12 y 1

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 33 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

x

LESSON 1: LOCUS & PARABOLA 2

Concept Check 4.2 (

(i)

(

(iv)

xi

)

(

)

)

(

(

(ii)

)

(v)

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(iii)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

)

Concept Check 4.3

(a)

(

(b)

xii

)

(

)

(ii)

)

Concept Check 4.4 (

(b) xiii

)(

)

Concept Check 4.5 (

(ii) xiv

)

(

)

(iii)

)

(ii)

Concept Check 4.6

( xv

(

(i)

)

(

)

Concept Check 4.7 (

(i)

(

(iv) (i)

) )

( (

(iii)

(

)

y 12 16x 2

(ii)

y

(iii) S 2, 2 ;

32 4x 2

y 22 S 6, 2 ; (iv) S 0,1 ;

y 12

(v)

16x 2

y 22 16x

2

y 12 4x 2

16x 4

S 8,1 ;

y 12 16x xvi

(i)

xvii

1.

4

Concept Check 4.8

V 16,2

(ii)

a

1 4

(iii)

x 16

1 4

Past H.S.C. Questions (

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 34 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

)

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Area and Volume

Functions

Limits

Motion

Calculus

Algebra

Tangents and Normals

Rates of Change

Maxima and Minima

This lesson introduces the central topic in the 2 unit, 3 unit and 4 unit mathematics courses, the calculus. Indeed these three subjects are often referred to as the calculus based H.S.C. courses and a quick survey of any of their major papers will reveal that at least half of the exam questions will deal with calculus in one way or another. Calculus is the backbone of your future mathematical study.

The theory of calculus falls into two neat halves, differentiation and integration. The development of the theory of rates of change via differentiation will take many lessons to unfold. Once these have been mastered we will move on to integration theory and the calculation of areas.

The process of differentiation involves dozens of formulae and algorithms. These will be carefully and methodically presented to you over the next handful of lessons. It is crucial however that you do not reduce the theory to a mere collection of facts. You must also have a strong understanding of the underlying concepts which drive calculus and the manner in which they used, not only in mathematics but also in engineering and the sciences.

The theory of calculus is one of the most astounding achievements of the human mind. Once uncovered in the late 1600’s by Sir Isaac Newton and Gottfried Leibnitz, it changed forever the face of both mathematics and science.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 36 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

LIMITS OF A FUNCTION

Note to Students: You will need to evaluate two types of limits: ( ) and ( )

They are done completely differently.

of

[

To determine

] we need to see what happens to the value of [

close to but not equal to 2.

By choosing values of

that are slightly less than or slightly greater than 2, we can see what

happens to the value of [

] for values

].

Complete the following table:

1.9

1.99

1.999

2.1

2.01

2.001

( )

From the table, we can say that as

gets closer and closer to 2, then [

] gets closer

and closer to …………………

This is written ( )

................... as

We say the limiting value of [

Hence we write

[

]

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

. ] is …………………….

........................................

Page 37 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Properties Of Limits

1.

[ ]

2.

[ ]

3.

[

4.

[ ( )

( )]

[ ( )]

[ ( )]

5.

[ ( )

( )]

[ ( )]

[ ( )]

6.

[

7.

[ ( )]

{

8.

[ ( )]

( ) if ( ) is a polynomial function

9.

[

where

is a constant.

[ ( )]

( )]

( ) where

[ ( )]

( ) ] ( )

[ ( )]

( ) ] ( )

( ) ( )

provided

is a constant.

[ ( )]

[ ( )]}

if ( ) and ( ) are both polynomial functions and ( )

Limits of Quotients

Type 1:

[

( ) ] ( )

and ( )

[

Example:

Evaluate

Solution:

In this case, ( ) Hence

using property 9 of limits.

[

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

]

and ( ) ]

Page 38 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Note:

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Both the numerator and denominator can be factorised and common factors cancelled out to simplify the function

[

(

]

(

[we can cancel (

)(

)

)(

)

) if

, we are investigating the behaviour of around

]

as expected.

So it is not necessary to factorise first in this case. [

Type 2:

( ) ] ( )

and ( )

( )

Example:

Consider the limit of the function

as

Solution:

We are interested in the behaviour of ( ) as We are not determining the value of ( ) when

approaches 3. is exactly equal to 3.

Fill in the table shown below to determine the value of ( ) approaches as

2 .9

.99

2 .999

2 .9999

2 .99999

2

2

3

3

.999999

( )

3 .1

.01

3 .001

3 .0001

3 .00001

.000001

( ) approaches 3 from either side, the value of ( )approaches

Therefore, as ……………..

Mathematically this is written: [

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

]

[

]

Page 39 of 213

.................

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

In this case, both the numerator and denominator are polynomial functions and ( )

so this limit cannot be evaluated using property 9 of limits as this

will give which is undefined.

[

To evaluate limits of quotients,

( ) ], ( )

when ( )

, try factorising first

then evaluate the limit

[

]

[

Note that (

(

)(

)

]

) in the numerator will cancel out with the (

) in the

denominator if Since we are concerned about the behaviour of ( ) the actual value of ( ) when

[

] [

[

(

)(

as

and not

then we can cancel them out. )

]

] since

as shown in the table of values.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 40 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

i

Did you know: ( ) is “well-behaved”, If

Problems arise when

( )

( )

( )

Determine the limits of the following: [

(a)

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

[

(b)

]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

[

(c)

]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

[

(d)

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 1:ii You have shown:

Do we say:

equals , or

is approximately 6, or

approaches 6

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 41 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(e)

[

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(f)

[

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 2:iii What is the value of: a) b) c) (g)

[

]

Did you know: When faced with

( ) , ( )

you need factors of (

) in the numerator and denominator.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(h)

[

]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 42 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

The Concept of Infinity

Consider the function ( )

As

where

.

approaches zero from the positive side, the values of ( ) become larger and larger. We say ( ) increases without bounds or become positively infinite. [ ]

We write

As

. This tells us that there is no limit.

approaches zero from the negative side, the values of ( ) are negative and become

negatively larger as we move closer to zero. We say ( ) decreases without bounds or become negatively infinite. [ ]

We write

The Limit

As

.

Again there is no limit.

[ ]

becomes larger, the value of [ ] becomes smaller and closer to zero. We say the limit

is zero. [ ]

Hence

To evaluate

[

( ) ], ( )

where ( ) and ( ) are polynomial functions of

Step 1:

Divide each term in the numerator and the denominator by the highest power of .

Step 2:

Use the

Example:

[ ]

to evaluate the limit.

The highest power of

(

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

(

Page 43 of 213

is 5 so divide each term by

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.2

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

iv

Determine the limits of the following

Note to Students: ( ) ( )

is all about “power”. ( ( ( (

) ) ) )

If ( ) is strong

If ( ) is strong

If ( ) and ( ) have equal strength, we get a finite non-zero answer

(or unbounded)

(a)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 44 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.3

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

v

Determine the following limits:

(i)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Note to Students: ( ) and ( ) are done completely differently.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 45 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

3.

CONTINUITY

Continuous or Discontinuous Functions

Functions that have smooth unbroken curves or lines are called continuous functions.

Discontinuous functions have gaps in their graphs.

Graphs of continuous and discontinuous functions are shown below.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 46 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

The diagrams below show the different types of discontinuity. Type 1:

–

A function that is continuous everywhere except at a point ( )

as

where

is said to have an infinite discontinuity at

Type 2:

–

A function that is not defined at a point

but the

[ ( )] exists and

its value is not equal to ( ). This type of discontinuity is called point discontinuity at

The discontinuity at the point may be removed by

redefining the function to include ( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 47 of 213

[ ( )] .

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Type 3:

–

A function that is not defined at

and

[ ( )]

[ ( )] is

said to display a jump discontinuity at

Test for Continuity at a Point

A function ( ) is continuous at a point

– – –

if:

( ) exists ( ) exists ( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( )

( )

Page 48 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

vi

Determine which of the following functions are discontinuous and state the type and point of discontinuity. Note to Students: Roughly speaking, pen off the paper. (i)

( ) is continuous if you can draw its graph without taking your

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

( )

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 49 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(vi)

( )

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

{

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Concept Check 3.2

(a)

vii

A function is defined as ( )

for

. What is the value of ( ) if ( ) is a

continuous function? …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

The function ( )

{

Find the values of

and .

is a continuous function.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 3:viii (i) Is the sum of two continuous functions always continuous? (ii) Is the sum of two continuous functions always discontinuous? Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 50 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

4.

GRADIENTS OF SECANT AND TANGENTS

Definition of a Secant

A secant is a line that intersects a curve at two points.

The Gradient of the Secant

( )

but

( )

and (

)

( )

(

)

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 51 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Gradient of a Tangent at a Point (

) on the Curve

A tangent is a line that touches a curve only at one point.

The gradient of the tangent at a point on the curve is the gradient of the curve at that point.

To find the gradient of a line, we need two points. The tangent to a curve is a line and the only known point on the tangent is its point of contact with the curve. Hence the gradient of the tangent can only be found by using the gradient of the secant.

The diagram shows secants and the tangent at . The value of

decreases as

moves closer to .

The tangent is the limiting position of the secant

.

Hence the gradient of the tangent is the limiting value of

(

)

Page 52 of 213

)

( )

as

( )

The gradient of tangent is represented by the notation

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

or

( )

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

( ), of the curve

( ) is given by

The gradient function,

Therefore, the gradient of the tangent to the curve

( )

(

)

( )

( ) at a point on the curve where

is denoted by:

(

( )

)

( )

A normal to the curve is a line drawn perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact of the tangent with the curve.

If the gradient of the tangent at the point where normal at the point where

Concept Check 4.1

( ), then the gradient of the

( )

ix

( ) where ( )

Consider the curve

(a)

is

is

.

Use first principles to find the gradient function

( ). Complete the following:

( ) ( ( )

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………… (

)

( )

………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 53 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

(b)

Draw the tangent to the curve

at

(c)

Determine the gradient of tangent to the curve at

by evaluating

( ).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 54 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2 (i)

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

x

Find, from the first principles, the gradient of the tangent to the curve point ( ) on it.

at the

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence determine the equation of the tangent at (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… (iii)

Write down the gradient of normal at the point (

)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence find the equation of the normal to the curve at the point (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Note to Students: The alternative definition of ( )

( )

( )

( )

works very well on ( )

√ . Its disadvantage is that the answer is in terms of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 55 of 213

and

rather than

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Alternate Method for Finding the Gradient of the Tangent at a Point

The gradient of the tangent to a curve

In the diagram, the point

The gradient of the secant

As

, the secant

( ) at the point [

has coordinates [

( )] on the curve.

( )]. ( )

is given by

( )

approaches the tangent at . Hence the limiting position of the

secant is the tangent at .

Therefore the gradient of the tangent at [

( )] is given by:

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 56 of 213

( )

( )

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.3 (i)

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

xi

at the point (

Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve

)

Complete the solution

( )

( )

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

( )

(ii)

Hence the gradient of the tangent at P4,29 is 12.

Hence find the equation of the tangent at (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find the equation of the normal at (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 57 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

xii

Concept Check 4.4

Complete the following statements on the gradient function: 1. The gradient at any point [

2.

(

( )

)

( )

or

( )] on the curve

( )

( )

( ) is given by……………………............. ( )

at the point where

on the curve.

3. If this limit exists, it is called the d……………… or differential coefficient of the function any point [

( ) at

( )].

4. The derivative is also called the ………………… function. 5. Differentiation is the process of finding the ……………… of the curve.

6.

7.

( ) ( )

is the equation of the …………………………. is called the ………………… function of the curve or the ………………… of the

function ( ). 8. The derivative of a function ( ) is a formula for the gradient of the ……………… at any point on the curve.

Note to Students: You must be familiar with both limit definitions of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 58 of 213

.

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

Past H.S.C Questionsxiii Question 1

(2000 H.S.C. Mathematics Extension 1 Q3a)

Use the definition

( )

(

)

( )

to find the derivative of

where

.

2

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

COMMENTS FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Although candidates recognised the given formula as relating to diﬀerentiation from ﬁrst principles, very few had the algebraic skills to complete the substitution and simpliﬁcation. ) which was frequently mistaken for Confusion reigned over the expansion of ( or . Many candidates did not know how to handle the function notation. Failed )( ); coefficients of instead expansion attempts often involved the use of ( of ; the omission of and the confusion of with . The majority of the candidature were unable to score full marks on this part. Even though most knew that the answer should be or , very few were able to derive it from the formula. In attempting to ﬁnd the limit many candidates divided by powers of , hoping for relevant cancellations from their incorrect method. It was also diﬃcult to discern whether the term, after factorisation, was being dropped from the expression because candidates knew that powers of were inﬁnitesimally small or because their algebra was careless. Justiﬁcation for such a step should always be stated in the proof. The quality of responses to this part were unusually dependent on the candidate’s centre, with many centres completing this part well while other centres had almost no attempts for this part.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 59 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Question 2 Let ( )

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

(2001 H.S.C. Mathematics Extension 1 Q2a) . Use the definition

(

( ) to find the derivative of ( ) at the point

)

2

( )

.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

MARKING GUIDELINES Criteria

Marks

( )

Shows that

Correctly substitutes (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

2 ) for

in the expression for

Page 60 of 213

( )

1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

ii

Discussion Question 1

Equals 6 iii

Discussion Question 2

(i) (ii)

or unbounded

(iii)

iv

is called an indeterminate form. It could be anything.

Concept Check 2.2

(i)

v

(ii)

0

(ii)

0

(iii)

Concept Check 2.3

(i)

vi

Concept Check 3.1

(i)

Continuous

(ii)

Continuous

(iii)

Infinite discontinuity at

(iv)

Continuous

(v)

Point discontinuity at

(vi)

Continuous

vii

Concept Check 3.2

(a) viii

(b)

Discussion Question 3

(i)

Yes

(ii)

No

ix

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

(

)

(c)

( ) x

Concept Check 4.2

(i) (ii) Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 61 of 213

(iii) OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 2: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 1

(iv) xi

Concept Check 4.3

(ii)

(iii)

xii

Concept Check 4.4

1.

( )

5.

Gradient

8.

Tangent

xiii

1.

3.

Derivative

4.

Gradient

6.

Curve

7.

Gradient, derivative

Past H.S.C. Questions 2.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 62 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

OVERVIEW OF INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Area and Volume

Differentiation from First Principles

Motion

Calculating the Derivative

Index Laws

Lines

Tangents and Normals

Rates of Change

Maxima and Minima

( ) can be perceived in many different ways. It is:

The derivative

( ), or

–

the slope of the curve

–

the gradient of its tangent, or

–

the instantaneous rate of change of the function.

In the previous lesson you learnt how to calculate

from first principles. This approach is

slow and clumsy. In this lesson we develop algorithms which will help us calculate efficiently.

Our 3 major laws are:

–

the product rule

–

the quotient rule

–

the chain rule.

Different schools will approach this theory in varied ways. However you must become skilled in the use of the product, quotient and chain rules. You need to be able to differentiate accurately, quickly and with minimum effort. Many simpler questions in the Advanced (2 unit) and Extension 1 (3 unit) papers will simply demand the calculation of a derivative.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 64 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

2.

DIFFERENTIATION OF

General Rule for Differentiation (

Factorisation of ( – )(

)

–

–

–

–

–

)

Examples (i)

If ( )

, then from first principles at any point

( )

(

( )

( )(

)

If ( )

(

)

then

( )

, then from first principles at any point

( )

on the curve

,

)

)

Hence if ( )

(ii)

,

)

(

(

( )

on the curve

(

( )

( (

)

) )(

( Hence if ( ) Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( )

)

(

)

) then

( )

Page 65 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

If ( )

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

, then from first principles at any point

( )

( )

(

( )

( )(

)

(

then

( )

, then from first principles at any point ( )

(

( )

( ( – )(

(

,

)

)

Hence if ( )

( )

on the curve

)

(

If ( )

,

)

(

(iv)

on the curve

–

Hence if ( )

) –

–

–

–

–

then

This rule for the differentiation of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

–

–

)

–

(

) –

)

( ) applies to all values of .

Page 66 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1 i

Concept Check 2.1 Use

( )

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(

( )

( )

) to differentiate with respect to , from first principles, the following

functions: (i)

( ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 67 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

( )

√

using the fact that

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(√

√ )(√

√ )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 68 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

3.

THEOREMS ON DERIVATIVES

Theorem 1 If

then

Note to Students: Using this theorem, you can differentiate any power of .

Concept Check 3.1

ii

Use the rule to find the derivatives of the following.

(i)

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

( )

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 69 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 2 If

( ) then

( )

Note to Students: In all of calculus, any constant sitting in front of a function has no impact.

Concept Check 3.2

iii

Use the rule to find the derivatives of the following.

(i) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(ii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(iii)

√ …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........

Note to Students: Under calculus, we always convert √ to

.

(iv) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………….......... Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 70 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 3

If

Concept Check 3.3

then

iv

Consider the function

(i)

Sketch the line on a number plane.

(ii)

What is the gradient of the line

?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Use the rule to find the derivative of

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Explain why the answers in (ii) and (iii) are the same. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 71 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 4

If

, where

is a constant, then

Note to Students: The derivative of a constant function is always . To be a constant means to have no rate of change.

Concept Check 3.4

v

Consider the function

(i)

Sketch the line on a number plane.

(ii)

What is the gradient of the line

?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Hence find

given

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 72 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Theorem 5 ( )

If

Concept Check 3.5

( ) then

( )

( )

vi

Use the rule to find the derivatives of the following

(i)

(

)(

)

by expanding first

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

√ (

)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

by dividing first

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 73 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

COMPOSITE FUNCTION (CHAIN) RULE

If

If

Proof of the composite function rule

( ) and

( ) then

[ ( )] then

[ ( )]

[ ( )] then Let

This is the chain rule

( ). This is the composite function rule.

[ ( )]

( )

( ) then

Then

( )

and

Using the chain rule ( ) [ ( )]

( )

Complete the following for the processes used in applying the chain rule for differentiation: Multiply by the ………….. of the bracket, lower the power of the bracket by ………………, then multiply by the ………………………. of the expression inside the bracket.

Example:

Differentiate

(

Solution:

Let ( )

, therefore

Hence

(

)

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( ) (

)

Page 74 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

vii

Concept Check 4.1

Use the chain rule to differentiate the following with respect to :

(

(i)

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(

(ii)

)

h …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

√ …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 75 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

√

(v)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........

( )

(vi)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………….......... ( )

(vii)

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..........

(viii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 76 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

PRODUCT RULE

If

( )

( ) where

and

are both functions of

( )

( )

( )

Proof {

{

{

{

(

)

(

)

( )

( )

(

)

(

)

( )

(

)

(

)

(

)

( )

(

)

(

)[ (

[ ( ( )

( )

then

)

)]

( )

{ ( )

}

( )] } (

)

{ ( )

( )

(

}

{

( )[ (

( )

( )

)

( )

}

)

(

( )

)

}

( )

( )

}

( )] }

{

(

)

( ) }

( )

Applying the Product Rule:

Leave the second function times differentiate the first function plus leave the first function times differentiate the second function.

Note: Both functions are never differentiated at the same time.

Example:

Given ( )

Solution:

This is a product of two functions of ( )

(

)(

(

)

(

)

(

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

( )

( )

) find the value of

so we use the product rule. )

(

(

)

(

)

) (

(

)

)

( )

Page 77 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

viii

Concept Check 5.1

Use the product rule to differentiate the following:

(i)

(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

(

)(

√ )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 1:ix Try differentiating by writing it as work?

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

and using the product rule. Does it

Page 78 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

x

Concept Check 5.2

Use the product and chain rule to differentiate the following: (

(i)

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Did You Know: Sometimes you need to use more than one rule.

(ii)

( )

(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

√ …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 79 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.3

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xi

Use the chain rule and the product rule to differentiate the following: (i)

[

(

)]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

( )

√(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 80 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

QUOTIENT RULE

( )

–

If

To prove the quotient rule, use the product rule and chain rule on

Complete the following:

and

are both functions of

( ) ( )

then

( ) ( )

( )[ ( )]

................. [ ( )]

( ) ....................................................................

……………………………………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………………………………………………………….

Applying the Quotient Rule:

Example:

Given

find

.

Solution: (

(

) (

)

)

(

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 81 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xii

Use the quotient rule to differentiate the following: (i)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) Note to Students: Some students re-write

as

(

)(

)

and then use the product rule

instead of the quotient rule. This is not a good idea. If you see a quotient, use the quotient rule.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 82 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xiii

Concept Check 6.2

Use the quotient rule and the chain rule to differentiate the following: (i)

( )

(

)

Did You Know: Sometimes you need to use more than one rule. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 83 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.3

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xiv

Use the chain rule and the quotient rule to differentiate the following:

(i)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

√

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 84 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

7.

TANGENTS & NORMALS TO CURVES

Equation of the Tangent to the Curve to find the gradient of the tangent at any point (

)

Step 1:

Find

Step 2:

Substitute the coordinate of the point of contact into to find the numerical value of the gradient of the tangent at the point of contact.

Step 3:

The point (

) is the point of contact of the tangent.

Use the formula point of contact. Example:

(

) to find the equation of the tangent at the

Find the equation of the tangent to the curve point (

at the

) by completing the following solution.

Solution: …………………………………..

The gradient of the tangent at any point is At the point (

), the gradient of the tangent is

Therefore the equation of the tangent at ( Concept Check 7.1 (a)

) is

…………………………….. )

………..(

xv

Consider the parabola (i)

Find the coordinates of the points where the parabola crosses the

axis.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Tangents are drawn to the parabola at the points where it crosses the the gradients of the tangents.

axis. Find

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 85 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Find the equation of the tangent to the following curves at the given points: (

(i)

) at (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

√

at

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Discussion Question 2: Can a tangent meet a curve more than once? Discussion Question 3: Can a tangent cut across a curve?xvi

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 86 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.2

(a)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

xvii

Find the coordinates of the points on the curve

(i)

parallel to the line

where the tangent is:

. Hence find the equations of the tangents.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

perpendicular to the line

. Hence find the equations of the tangents.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 87 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Equation of the Normal to the Curve

A normal is a line perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact of the tangent with the curve. Step 1:

Find This gives the gradient of the curve at any point (

Step 2:

Substitute the

)

coordinate of the point of contact into

.

This gives the numerical value of the gradient of the tangent at the point of ). contact, (

Step 3:

The normal is perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact of the tangent. Use of the tangent.

Step 4:

Use the formula (

Example:

to find the gradient of the normal at the point of contact (

) to find the equation of the normal at

).

Find the equation of the normal to the curve ) by completing the following solution. point (

at the

Solution: The gradient of the tangent at any point is

At the point (

…………………………………

), the gradient of the tangent is

………………………...

Therefore the gradient of the normal at the point (

) is ……………………

Therefore the equation of the normal at (

) is

………..(

).

In general form the equation of the normal is ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 88 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.3

(a)

xviii

Consider the curve

(i)

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(

)

Determine the gradient of the tangent to the point (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the equation of the tangent at (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Write down the gradient of the normal to the point (

)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence find the equation of the normal at (

) in the general form.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

Find the equation of the normal to the curve

at the point where

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 89 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Past H.S.C. Questionsxix Question 1

(2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q2c)

Find the equation of the tangent to the curve

(

) at the point where

.

3

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Nearly all candidates recognised this as a calculus question and showed logical working that demonstrated a good understanding of the required steps. This allowed for part marks for ) or the occasional imperfect responses. There were errors in differentiating, with ( ( ) being the usual incorrect answers, but often the rest of the working followed correctly. Sometimes notation was poor and lack of parentheses resulted in the wrong gradient or point. Candidates are encouraged to show clear substitutions to avoid careless ) in their errors. Several candidates substituted and either used ( ) or ( equation of the line. In better responses, candidates clearly showed the derivative, the gradient m, the point and finally the equation of the line. A small number of candidates provided only the gradient of the tangent rather than the equation of the tangent (stopping at ). Some also correctly evaluated ( ) then used this as the value of the point rather than as the gradient. Candidates need to take care when copying the value into the writing booklet as some used instead of . MARKING GUIDELINES Criteria

Correct solution Finds correct gradient and attempts to find equation of tangent Correctly differentiates or finds correct for

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 90 of 213

Marks 3 2 1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Question 2

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

(2009 H.S.C. Mathematics Q1d)

Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve

at the point (

).

2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

COMMENTS FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Almost all candidates recognised that this part was a calculus question. Common errors were incorrect derivatives obtaining or . The use of the derivative was also problematic with some responses attempting to calculate stationary points and others solving . MARKING GUIDELINES

Criteria Correct answer Differentiates correctly, or equivalent merit

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 91 of 213

Marks 2 1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 92 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1 ( )

(i)

ii

( )

(iii)

(ii)

2 x3

(iii)

( )

√

Concept Check 3.1

1 x2

(i)

iii

5 2 x7

Concept Check 3.2

(i) (iv) iv

(ii)

(

(ii)

(iii)

(iii)

(iii)

√

)

Concept Check 3.3

(ii)

v

3

Gradient =

Concept Check 3.4

(ii) vi

0

(ii)

0

Concept Check 3.5

(i)

vii

2x

√

(ii)

4

√

(iii)

√

Concept Check 4.1 (

(i) (iv) (vii)

viii

(

)√

(

)√

)

(

(ii)

)

(

(v)

√(

√ (

(vi)

)

(

(viii)

(iii)

)

)(

(

) )

)

Concept Check 5.1

(i)

√

(ii)

√

(iii) ix

Discussion Question 1

Yes, but this is not the way to do it. x

Concept Check 5.2

(i)

(

)(

)

(ii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)( Page 93 of 213

)

(iv)

√

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

xi

LESSON 3: INTRODUCTORY CALCULUS 2

Concept Check 5.3 [

(i)

(

)] (

)

36 x 2 128 x 7

(ii)

33 3x 5 2 x 7 2

xii

Concept Check 6.1 dy 2 dx 1 x 2

(i)

xiii

dy 18 x 2 dx x 9

(ii)

(iii)

2

dy 7 dx 3x 22

Concept Check 6.2 f x

(i)

xiv

2 9x 5 3x

dy dx

(ii)

2

23x 7 35 x 9 (iii) 2 5x 2 3

dy dx

x

x

2

x

3

Concept Check 6.3 4 x 7 x 10

(i)

xv

4

(ii)

x 5 2

√

(

)

(

)

Concept Check 6.1

(a)

(i)

(b)

(i)

xvi

(

)(

)

At (

(ii)

)

At (

)

(ii)

Discussion Question 2

Yes, consider xvii

at

Concept Check 7.2

(i)

At (

(ii)

(

xviii

(a)

)

; At (

)

)

Concept Check 6.3 (i)

8

(iv)

x 8 y 33 0

(ii)

y 8x 4

(iii)

1 8

(b) xix

1.

Past H.S.C. Questions 2.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 94 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION

Conics

Parametrics

Calculus, Normals and Tangents

Proofs

Coordinate Geometry

The parametric (

Parametric Relations

) section of the Extension 1 syllabus has a deserving reputation as

being one of the hardest topics in Extension 1 mathematics as it synthesises several techniques and concepts from both 2 unit and 3 unit mathematics.. It builds upon the theory in 2 unit mathematics and presents the parabola in parametric rather than Cartesian form. Almost every Extension 1 Trial and H.S.C. exam contains one of these questions, usually quite late in the paper.

This is one of the few sections of the syllabus where you will need to construct for the examiner convincing proofs of mathematical theorems. Watch your teacher carefully and copy their style.

Some issues to keep in mind are:

–

Well prepared candidates will memorise all of the fundamental equations in the chapter.

–

Make sure you know the 2 unit coordinate geometry.

–

Generally speaking, any minor algebraic error in your proof will stop you. You must watch the algebra extremely carefully and eliminate mistakes.

–

These questions often have several parts building to a final result. If you cannot do a particular part, just jump over it! DO NOT abandon the entire question just because you are stuck on a minor subpart.

–

Always draw a large accurate diagram of the parabola and transfer all data to the graph.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 96 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

CARTESIAN AND PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

In Mathematical exercises it is sometimes convenient to express two related variables, such as

and , in terms of a third variable say ( ) and

or

( ) and

so that

( ) or

( ).

The third variable,

The use of the third variable simplifies a proof, which could be otherwise complicated.

( ) and

( ) are called parametric equations.

When the parameter is eliminated from the parametric equations, the resulting equation is of the form

or , is called a parameter.

( ). This equation is called a Cartesian equation.

When a curve is expressed in the Cartesian form, the curve are expressed in the form (

( ), the coordinates of the points on

). These points are called Cartesian coordinates.

When the parametric equations of a curve are given, then all points on the curve are expressed in terms of the parameter and in the form [ ( )

( )]. These points are called

parametric coordinates. Example: The parametric equations of a curve are equation of the curve.

and

. Find the Cartesian

Solution: The parametric equations are in terms of the parameter . To find the Cartesian equation, we need to eliminate the parameter, and express the equation of the curve in terms of the and only Express in terms of

Step 1:

and

and

Step 2:

Use the identity ( )

to link

and .

( )

Therefore the Cartesian equation of the curve is

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 97 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1 (a)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

i

The parametric equations of a curve are of the curve.

and

. Find the Cartesian equation

Did You Know: To move from parametric to Cartesian form you must eliminate the parameter. ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(b)

Find the Cartesian equation of a curve whose parametric equations are .

and

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(c)

( ) and The parametric equations of a curve are where constant and . Find the Cartesian equation of the curve.

is a

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 98 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(d)

Show that points (

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

) and (

) lie on the parabola

.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(e)

(i)

Show that the point (

) lies on the parabola

.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

Hence find the coordinates of the point P on the parabola

. Where

.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(f)

A parabola has parametric equations and the equation of its directrix.

and

. Find the coordinates of its focus

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 99 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

3.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS OF A PARABOLA

The parametric equations of the parabola

The point (

are

) is a variable point on the parabola

depending on the value

of parameter,

The advantage of the parametric coordinates becomes obvious when we consider 2 variable points. In Cartesian form the points on the parabola where and (

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

and

are (

) and (

whereas in parametric form the points are (

) )

) which are easily distinguishable in a mathematical solution. ii

With reference to the parabola

, find the coordinates of the points with parameter:

Did You Know: Every point on the curve corresponds to a unique value of . (i)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iii)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iv)

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 100 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

Find the parametric equations of the following parabolas: Note to Students: Find the focal length

first.

(i) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(vi) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 101 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

THE EQUATION OF A CHORD OF

Let (

) and (

Gradient of the chord

(

.

:

)( (

)be two points on

) )

Equation of chord ( ( (

) )

)

Therefore the equation of the chord (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

is

)

Page 102 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

( (i)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

iii

) and

(

) are two points on the parabola

. Find:

the equation of the chord

Note to Students: Remember

(

)(

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Show that the chord

is a focal chord

Note to Students: A focal chord passes through the focus (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 103 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

is a point on the parabola

(i)

Write down the coordinates of

in terms of the parameter, .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equation of the focal chord passing through the point .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Hence write down the equation of the focal chord drawn through another point the parabola.

on

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Find the coordinates of

in terms of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 104 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2

( (i)

) and (

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

iv

) are two points on the parabola

.

Find the equation of the chord

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

The chord and

passes through the focus of the parabola. Find the relationship between

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 105 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

EQUATIONS OF TANGENTS TO THE PARABOLA

Gradient of the tangent at (

): is the equation of the parabola. Hence At (

),

Note to Students: You can differentiate parametrically or directly. Either way, for a standard situation

Equation of the tangent at (

.

): (

)

Therefore the equation of the tangent at (

), is

Note to Students: Remember this formula! Discussion Question 1:v Which point on has a tangent Discussion Question 2:vi Which point on has a tangent Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

?

?

Page 106 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.1 (a)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

vii

is a point on the parabola (i)

Write down the coordinates of

in terms of the parameter, .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(ii)

Find the equation of the tangent to the parabola

at the point .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………….................

(b)

(

) and

the tangents at

(

) are two points on the parabola

. Find the equations of

and .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 107 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.2

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

viii

is a point on the parabola parabola at intersects the tangent at .

and is the focus of the parabola. The tangent drawn to the axis at . The perpendicular from to the tangent intersects the

(i)

Draw a diagram of the parabola and show the positions of

(ii)

Write down the parametric coordinates of the point

and .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….......

(iii)

Find the equation of the tangent at …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 108 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

Hence find the equation of the perpendicular from

to the tangent at .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v)

Find the coordinates of

and .

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 109 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

EQUATION OF NORMAL TO THE PARABOLA

(

Gradient of normal at (

)

):

is the equation of the parabola. Hence At (

),

Therefore, gradient of normal is

Equation of normal at (

since

): (

)

Therefore the equation of the normal at (

) is

Note to Students: Remember this formula!

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 110 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1 (a)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

ix

( ) and ( the normals at and .

) are two points on the parabola

. Find the equation of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 111 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

is a point on the parabola (i)

Write down the coordinates of

in terms of the parameter

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equation of the normal to the parabola at the point

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 112 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.2

x

is a point on the parabola

(i)

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

.

Write down the coordinates of the point

in terms of the parameter

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

A normal is drawn to the parabola at

Find the equation of the normal.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

The normal at

passes through the focus. Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 113 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

Past H.S.C. Questionsxi Question 1

(2009 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q2c)

The diagram shows points ( The tangents to the parabola at

(i)

) and ( ) which move along the parabola and meet at .

Show that the equation of the tangent at

is

.

. 2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Write down the equation of the tangent at , and find the coordinates of the point in terms of t. 2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 114 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE The lead-in, part (i), where the candidates were given the result, was instrumental in allowing a significant number of candidates to correctly obtain the equation of the tangent in part (ii). The progression through the three parts saw most obtaining the correct coordinates of the point . Yet again many arithmetic errors were seen. Most candidates knew how to find the locus of . MARKING GUIDELINES (i) Criteria

Marks 2

Correct solution Uses the equation of the parabola to show that the gradient at is (or equivalent progress)

1

(ii) Criteria

Marks 2

Correct solution Attempts to solve simultaneously the equations for tangents at and

Question 2

1

(1999 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4b)

The diagram shows the graph of the parabola The tangent to the parabola at ( the axis at . The normal to the parabola at

(i)

),

cuts the

, cuts

axis at .

Derive the equation of the tangent

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 115 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

Show that the coordinates of

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

are (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find the coordinates of the midpoint of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE (i)

Deriving the tangent, , was a simple application of bookwork using the parametric locus . This part was very well done, although some candidates made it more complicated by attempting to reproduce remembered bookwork for the locus , without letting . As only two marks were assigned to this part, examiners did not insist that candidates use calculus to determine that the slope of the tangent at was . Candidates who simply quoted this fact were able to obtain full marks.

(ii)

Candidates needed to ﬁnd the equation of the normal in terms of the parameter and substitute to obtain . Although this was well done, many responses showed attempts to ‘fudge’ the ﬁnal step from an incorrect equation. Candidates making genuine attempts in questions where the answer is given should ensure that each step is clearly presented to avoid any doubt about its authenticity. For instance, candidates should explicitly state ‘let ’ and show the corresponding substitution clearly.

(iii)

The majority of the candidature found the midpoint (

), but then found it very diﬃcult to

get the second mark by solving simultaneously using

, to obtain the Cartesian form of

locus,

. Many candidates obtained the equation

and then made errors

in attempts to simplify this expression. Such errors were ignored, and these candidates were awarded both marks. A number of candidates tried to use the distance formula with This approach had no chance of success, as all points on the perpendicular bisector of AB are equidistant from and . Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 116 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

(b)

(e) ii

(

(ii)

(f)

(

(ii)

(

)

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(b)

iii

(i)

(

(iv)

(

)

)

(iii)

(

)

)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

Concept Check 4.1 (

(a)

(i)

(b)

(i)

(

(iv)

(

iv

) )

(

)

(ii) (

)

(

)

(iii)

(

)

)

Concept Check 4.2 (

(i)

v

)

(c)

)

(ii)

Discussion Question 1

( vi

)

Discussion Question 2

None. vii

Concept Check 5.1

(a)

(i)

(

)

(ii)

(b)

viii

Concept Check 5.2

(ii) (v) ix

(

) (

(iii) )

(

(iv)

)

Concept Check 6.1

(a) Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 117 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b) x

(i)

(

LESSON 4: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 1

)

(ii)

Concept Check 6.2

(i)

(

)

(ii)

(iii)

(

)

xi

Past H.S.C. Questions 1. (ii) 2.

(i)

(

) (iii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

Page 118 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Conics

Calculus, Normals and Tangents

Parametrics

Proofs

Coordinate Geometry

Parametric Relations

In this lesson we move deeper into parametric representation (

) of the parabola

. The main issues to consider are:

–

You must have a complete understanding of the 2 unit coordinate geometry. You will be finding tangents, normal, intercepts, points of intersection midpoints and gradients. Almost all of the 2 unit coordinate geometry will appear in one form or another, usually in extremely complicated circumstances.

–

You should memorise the properties and standard parametric equations of tangents, normals and chords. Admittedly the first part of the question usually asks you to prove these results, so they are often on display in the examination. Nevertheless it is sometimes also very handy to be able to quote a particular fact or formula.

–

Algebraic error is your number one enemy. Small errors will stop you from moving forward.

–

These questions often have several parts building to a final result. If stuck on a part always carefully consider the parts above, the key will usually be hidden there.

–

If you cannot do a particular part just jump over it! DO NOT abandon the entire question just because you are stuck on a minor subpart.

–

If you are tasked with the sketching of a graph take extreme care to correctly transfer the data from the question. A misunderstanding in the sketch will immediately block your progress.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 120 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

DERIVATIVES OF PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS

( ) and

Given

the first derivative

( ) are the parametric equations of a curve

( ) then to find

:

Step 1:

Find

and

Step 2:

By the chain rule

Example:

Given

etc.

and

, find

in terms of .

Complete the following solution: …………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………

Concept Check 2.1

i

For each of the following parametric equations, find

in terms of

Note to Students: ⁄ (a)

and

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

and

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 121 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

(

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

) and

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Did You Know:

Concept Check 2.2

Find

)

(

)(

(

)⁄

)

ii

Consider the curve with parametric equations (i)

(

and

.

.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the curve where

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 122 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Find the coordinates of the points on the curve where the tangent is horizontal.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Discussion Question 1:iii For a horizontal tangent, do we set

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

,

or

Page 123 of 213

?

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

3.

POINT OF INTERSECTION OF TANGENTS & NORMALS

The Intersection of Tangents

Tangents drawn to the parabola

Equation of tangent at (

at the points

and

intersect at the point .

) is (

Hence the equation of the tangent at Solve the two equations of tangents at

and

) is simultaneously to determine the coordinates

of , the point of intersection. ………………(1) ………………(2) Substitute (1) into (2) to get Note to Students: Observe the symmetry in and . Swapping and has no effect. This will help you to remember this fact.

Hence (

)

(

)(

(

)

)

Substitute into (1) (

)

The point of intersection of tangents at [ (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

Page 124 of 213

and

are

]

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

( (i)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

iv

) and (

) are two points on the parabola

Find the equation of the tangent at

.

in terms of the parameter .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the coordinates of the point of intersection of the tangents at

and at .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 125 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

(b) ) and ( In the diagram, ( are two points on the parabola Tangents drawn to the parabola at intersect at .

(i)

) . and at

Find the equation of the tangent at .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence write down the equation of the tangent at

………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find the point of intersection of the tangents at

and .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 126 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

The Intersection of Normals

The normals drawn to the parabola

Equation of normal at (

Hence the equation of the normal at

Solve the two equations of the normals simultaneously to determine the coordinates of

at

and

intersect at

.

) is (

) is

………………(1) ………………(2) Equation (1) – Equation (2) (

)

(

)

(

)

( (

)

(

)(

( Substitute

) )

(

(

)

)

)

into equation (1) to determine the value of

(

Note to Students: Observe the symmetry in remember this fact.

)

and . Swapping

and

has no effect. This will help you to

The point of intersection of the normals at

[

(

) (

and

are

)]

Note: Do not memorise this result. However, understand the result and be able to derive it with different parameters as well.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 127 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.2 (a)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

v

Normals are drawn to the parabola

at the points (

(i)

in terms of the parameter

Find the equation of the normal at

) and (

).

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

The normals at

and

intersect at the point . Find the coordinates of .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 128 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

(b)

The diagram shows a variable point (

) on the parabola

(i)

Find the equation of the normal to the parabola

.

at the point

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

At the point , a normal is drawn perpendicular to the normal at . Find the coordinates of in terms of .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

The normals at

and at

intersect at . Find the coordinates of the point .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 129 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

FOCAL CHORD PROPERTIES

In the diagram, the chord

passes

through the focus of the parabola .

The gradient of

The equation of the chord

Since

(

is

)( (

) )

(

is

passes through the focus, then (

)

(

)

(

)

) must satisfy the equation of the chord.

Hence

Hence the condition for a chord

But the gradient of the tangent at the point

to be a focal chord is is

and the gradient of the tangent at the point

on the parabola is . Since the product of the gradients is

then the tangents drawn to

the end-points of a focal chord will intersect at right angles.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 130 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Concept Check 4.1 ( ) and ( show that: (i)

) are two points on the parabola

the tangents at the ends of a focal chord

. If

is a focal chord then

intersect at right angles.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

the tangents at the ends focal chord intersect on the directrix of the parabola. Assume the equation of tangent at is

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 131 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

REFLECTION PROPERTIES

The law of reflection of light states that the angle of incidence of a light ray is equal to the angle of reflection.

The reflection property is: All rays of light emitted from a light source, placed at the focus of a parabolic reflector, are reflected parallel to the axis of the reflector.

Discussion Question 2: How does your car use this fact?

Geometry and the definition of a parabola as a locus are used to show that the reflected ray PM is parallel to the

– axis

In the diagram (Law of reflection: angle of incidence is equal to angle of reflection)

(Locus definition of a parabola,

is equidistant from the focus & directrix)

Note to Students: In any question where the distance from the focus to a point is mentioned, always consider the locus definition of the parabola. Therefore Hence

is an isosceles triangle (2 sides equal) (Base angles of isosceles triangle)

These angles are corresponding angles Therefore, ray PM is parallel to the Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

– axis

Page 132 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 5.1 ( (i)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

vi

) is a point on the parabola Find the equation of the tangent to the parabola at the point .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

S is the focus of the parabola and

is the

intercept of the tangent at . Prove that

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………..............................

(iii)

Hence show that is equal to the acute angle between the tangent and the line passing through parallel to the axis of the parabola.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 133 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

EQUATION OF THE CHORD OF CONTACT

are drawn from (

Tangents

touch the parabola

at

The chord of contact is

P has coordinates (

.

) and

has coordinates (

The gradient of the chord

The equation of the chord ( (

The gradient of the tangent at (

) is

The equation of the tangent at (

) is

(

) to

)

)

)

)

Point of intersection of the tangents at

and

......................(1) ......................(2)

(

) (

Therefore the tangents at

From the given data,

Equating, gives

(

( ( )

) )

intersect in ( (

has coordinates ( ) and

)

).

).

and substituting into the equation of the chord

( )

The equation of the chord of contact of tangents drawn from (

) to the parabola

is ( Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 134 of 213

) OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

vii

(a)

Tangents drawn from the point ( points and .

) to the parabola

(i)

Write down the equation of the chord of contact

touch the parabola at the

………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

lies on the directrix. Show that this chord of contact is a focal chord.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

) to touch the parabola Tangents are drawn from ( Show that the equation of the chord of contact is

at the points and find its length.

and .

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 135 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.2 (a)

(i)

viii

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Examination-type questions

Find the equation of the line through ( .

) and the vertex 0 of the parabola

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

This line meets the directrix in . Prove that tangent at .

, where

is the focus, is parallel to the

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Write down the equation of the chord in terms of the parameters the condition for to pass through the focus .

and

Deduce

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence show that

is parallel to the axis of the parabola.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 136 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

(i)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Sketch the parabola whose parametric equations are and On your diagram, mark the points and which correspond to respectively.

. and

Did You Know: This is a non-standard parametric representation!

There is no ! You cannot use any standard results on questions of this type. Everything needs to be done from basics.

(ii)

Show that the tangents to the parabola at

and

intersect at

(

).

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 137 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

( )is a point on the parabola between and such that the tangent at midpoint of . Show that the tangent at is parallel to .

meets

at the

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 138 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

Past H.S.C. Questions Question 1

(2010 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4c) . The point (

The diagram shows the parabola parabola.

The tangent to the parabola at , The point Show that

), where

, is on the 3

, meets the -axis at .

is on the directrix, such that

is perpendicular to the directrix.

is a rhombus.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 139 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE Although parametric coordinates were involved, this part was a very simple geometry question requiring the candidates to prove that the given shape was a rhombus. Very few candidates showed that they understood the properties of a rhombus. Those who did know the required properties often led themselves astray via weak algebra. Many then fudged their answers. This was particularly noticeable among those trying to prove four sides had equal length. Candidates proved opposite sides equal but did not complete the algebra to show all sides equal. One of the simplest proofs was showing the midpoints of the diagonals equal and that they bisected at right angles. A number of candidates used this method with very few errors. There were other methods attempted with varying results. MARKING GUIDELINES Criteria

Correct proof Makes significant progress Finds one piece of relevant information

Question 2

(2008 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4c)

The points ( parabola at and right angle. (i)

Marks 3 2 1

. The tangents to the ), ( ) lie on the parabola intersect at . The chord produced meets at , and is a

Find the gradient of

, and hence show that

.

2

………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 140 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

The chord

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

produced meets

at . Show that

is a right angle.

1

………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Let be the midpoint of the chord otherwise, show that .

. BY considering the quadrilateral

, or

2

………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE (i)

Well set out solutions with clear logic were more successful. Mid-range responses found the gradient of but then many multiplied by stating and therefore .

(ii)

It was important to relate the results in (c)(i) to this part. The most successful method simply stated that

(iii)

. Some candidates who could not establish the result in part

(i) nevertheless used the result to successfully complete part (ii). In the better responses, candidates who recognised that was a cyclic quadrilateral were quite efficient and effective at explaining why . Those who tried coordinate geometry formulae found that it was nearly impossible to prove the result and so they spent valuable time completing large amounts of algebra to little benefit. MARKING GUIDELINES (i) Criteria

Correct solution Finds gradient of

or equivalent merit

Marks 2 1

(iii) Criteria

Correct solution Recognises the significance of the fact that

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 141 of 213

Marks 2 1

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 5: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(i)

ii

(ii)

(iii)

(

)

Concept Check 2.2

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

iii

(

√

) (

√

,

)

Discussion Question 1 or

iv

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(i)

(ii)

(b)

(i)

(ii)

v

( (

)

) (iii)

(

(iii)

(

)

Concept Check 3.2

(a)

(i)

(ii)

(

(b)

(i)

(ii)

(

vi

) )

)

Concept Check 5.1

(i) vii

Concept Check 6.1

(a) (b) viii

(i)

(

)

√

Concept Check 6.2

(a)

(i)

(iii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

Page 142 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

OVERVIEW OF PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The Hyperbola as a Locus

Identifying a Locus

Conics

The Ellipse as a Locus

Parametric Curves

As mentioned earlier, the (

) questions in the Extension 1 papers have many parts.

These parts will often lead to the parametric description of a special point (

). The very

last part will then ask you for the Cartesian equation of the locus over which this point travels. This involves eliminating the parameter(s) and establishing a direct relationship between the

and

variables. This can be a tricky algebraic task:

–

If only one parameter is involved try to eliminate it.

–

If two parameters are involved it is sometimes a good idea to square either the

or the

component and look for patterns. The answer is usually another

parabola.

–

If you are asked to verify a particular equation for the locus, simply substitute the

–

and

components into that equation and check that it is satisfied.

Be aware that it is possible that the locus does not fill out the entire curve. For full marks you will then need to specify domains and/or ranges.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 144 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

LOCUS OF A POINT

Locus is the path traced by a moving point.

A point expressed in parametric form represents a point that changes its position on the coordinate plane as the value of the parameter changes. The path traced by all these points is called the locus of the point.

The Equation of the Locus of Points expressed in terms of One Variable Step 1:

Express the coordinates of the variable point as is the parameter.

Step 2:

Eliminate the parameter from the two equations.

Step 3:

Express the equation of the locus in the form equation of the locus.

( ) and

( ) where

( ), the Cartesian

Example: ( )is a variable point. As the value of the parameter p changes, the position of on the coordinate plane varies. The path that is traced by the varying positions of is called the locus of . Find the equation of the locus of and describe the locus of in geometric terms.

The variable point has coordinates (

) .................(i)

..................(ii) From (i) (

Substitute into (ii) Hence (

)

)

The equation of the locus of

is (

)

(

As varies, it will trace a parabola with vertex ( ). focus at (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 145 of 213

) ) focal length 1 and

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

i

A variable point ( (i)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

) and (

) lie on the coordinate plane.

is the midpoint of the interval parameter .

. Find the coordinates of

in terms of the

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

As varies on the number plane, the position of changes and the point path. This path is called the locus of Find the equation of the locus of

traces a

Note to Students: Eliminate .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(b)

A point divides the interval joining a variable point ( the ratio 2:1. (i)

) and the origin, (

Show that the coordinates of T, in terms of the parameter t, are (

) in

)

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(ii)

Find the equation of the locus of

as

varies on the coordinate plane.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 146 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The Equation of the Locus of Points expressed in terms of Two Variables Step 1:

Express the parametric coordinates as parametric equations.

Step 2:

Find the condition that links the two variables

Step 3:

Use the condition linking the two variables to eliminate the variables from the two equations.

Step 4:

Express

as a function of .

Example: A variable point

has coordinates [ (

As the values of

and

varies,

)

] where

.

traces a path. Find the equation of the locus of

and give a geometric description of this locus. Solution: The parametric equations of the locus of (

are:

) ...................(i)

...................(ii) The condition that links the two variables is Since

(

),then square both sides of the equation and (

)

(

) .................(iii) (

)

(

)

Hence Substitute into (iii)

Hence the equation of the locus of

is

parabola vertex the origin and focal length (

. The point

will trace a

The coordinates of the focus are

) and the equation of the directrix is

Discussion Question 1:ii Why do we square but not ? Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 147 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.2

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

iii

) ( )] where A variable point has coordinates [ ( the locus of . Describe the locus of in geometric terms.

. Find the equation of

............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................

Note to Students: If asked to geometrically describe: a parabolic locus, supply the vertex, focus and directrix a circle, give the centre and radius

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 148 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

3.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING ONE VARIABLE Note to Students: These are much harder. Example: In the diagram given below, the tangent at ( axis at and the normal to the parabola at

(i)

Find the equation of the tangent

)( cuts the

) to the parabola – axis at .

cuts the

.

;

Equation of tangent at (

(ii)

) is

)

Find the equation of the normal BP. Gradient of the normal at

is

Equation of the normal at (

(iii)

(

) is

Show that B has coordinates ( Coordinates of :

)

).

, (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(

)

Page 149 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

is the midpoint of

. Find the coordinates of .

Coordinates of

Hence ( (

(v)

)

(

Coordinates of

)

)

Hence find the Cartesian equation of the locus of C. ; hence

(

(vi)

Describe the locus of The locus of

(a)

A point ( The normal at

(i)

in geometric terms.

is a parabola with vertex at (

directrix has equation

Concept Check 3.1

) is the locus of .

) focal length , focus at (

) and

.

iv

) lies on the parabola cuts the

– axis at point

. .

Find the equation of the normal at .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 150 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the coordinates of

.

...................................................................................................................................................

(iii)

is the midpoint of the interval

Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iv)

As varies on the parabola, the position of varies and consequently the position of also varies and the points representing traces a path. This path is called the locus of . Find the equation of the locus of .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(b)

A variable point ( at and the normal at (i)

) lies on the parabola cuts the – axis at .

. The tangent at

cuts the -axis

Find the equation of the tangent at the point

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 151 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the co-ordinates of

...................................................................................................................................................

(iii)

Find the equation of the normal at .

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

(iv)

Find the coordinates of

.

...................................................................................................................................................

(v)

is the midpoint of interval

. Find the locus of

as

varies on the parabola.

................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

Note to Students: Observe how the locus question is almost always the last part.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 152 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The diagram shows a normal drawn to the parabola is the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the focus

(i)

at the point ( to the normal at .

) and

Find the equation of the normal at .

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………..

(ii)

Find the equation of

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 153 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …….…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence find the locus of

as

varies on the parabola.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………….………………………………………………………

(v)

Describe the locus of

in geometric terms.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………….……………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….…………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………….………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 154 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

LOCUS PROBLEMS INVOLVING TWO VARIABLES Example:

The diagram shows the normals drawn to the at the points (

parabola and (

)

), the extremities of the focal

chord

(i)

Find the equation of the chord

(

Equation of (

(ii)

The chord

)

passes through the focus . Show that

Coordinates of the focus:

(iii)

)

(

)

Find the equation of the normal at the point

Gradient of the tangent at (

):

Did You Know: You could also differentiate parametrically. ⁄

Gradient of the normal at

is

the equation of the normal at

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 155 of 213

(

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The normal at P and Q intersect at R. Find the coordinates of R.

..................(1) ..................(2) (1) – (2)

(

)

(

)

(

)

(

) after dividing by (

)

Substitute into (1) (

) ( Coordinates of

(v)

Hence find the locus of

as

and

)

(

(

)

(

))

vary on the parabola. (

)

(

) and

(

) ...............(i)

(

)......(ii)

()

(

)

(

)

From (ii) (

(

(vi)

)

)

Describe the locus of R in geometric terms.

Locus of

is a parabola with vertex at (

The focus is at (

). The focal length of the parabola is

.

) and the directrix has equation

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 156 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

v

The points ( angle at the vertex (i)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

) and ( ) lie on the parabola of the parabola.

Find the gradient of

.

subtends a right

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(ii)

Hence prove

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(iii)

is the midpoint of the chord

. Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(iv)

Find the equation of the locus of as geometric description of the locus of

and

varies on the parabola. Give a

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….……………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 157 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

The diagram shows tangents drawn to the parabola ( ). The tangents intersect at

(i)

at the points (

) and

Find the equation of the tangent at .

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(ii)

Find the coordinates of

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(iii)

The tangents at and

and

intersect at right angles at

Find a relationship between

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………….………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 158 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Hence find the equation of the locus of

as

and

vary on the parabola.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v)

Describe the locus of

in geometric terms.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………

(c)

(

) and (

the parabola at the points

(i)

) are two points on the parabola and

. Tangents drawn to

intersect at

Find the equation of the tangent at

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 159 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(ii)

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Find the coordinates of the point

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

(iii)

The point

lies on the line

. Show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………

(iv)

is the midpoint of

. Hence find the locus of

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(v)

Describe the locus of M in geometric terms.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 160 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Past H.S.C. Questions Question 1

(1999 HS.C. Mathematics Extension 1 Q4b) 6

The diagram shows the graph of the parabola . The tangent to the parabola at ( ), , cuts the axis at . The normal to the parabola at cuts the axis at . (i)

Derive the equation of the tangent

.vi

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(ii)

Show that

has coordinates (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………

(iii)

Let

be the midpoint of

. Find the Cartesian equation of the locus of .vii

…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… Discussion Question 2:viii Why is ? Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 161 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE (i)

Deriving the tangent, , was a simple application of bookwork using the parametric locus . This part was very well done, although some candidates made it more complicated by attempting to reproduce remembered bookwork for the locus , without letting . As only two marks were assigned to this part, examiners did not insist that candidates use calculus to determine that the slope of the tangent at was . Candidates who simply quoted this fact were able to obtain full marks.

(ii)

Candidates needed to find the equation of the normal in terms of the parameter nad substitute to obtain . Although this was well done, many responses showed attempts to ‘fudge’ the final step from an incorrect equation. Candidates making genuine attempts in questions where the answer is given should ensure that each step is clearly presented to avoid any doubt about its authenticity. For instance, candidates should explicitly state ‘let ’ and show the corresponding substitution clearly.

(iii)

The majority of the candidature found the midpoint (

), but then found it very difficult to

get the second mark by solving simultaneously using

, to obtain the Cartesian form of

locus

. Many candidates obtained the equation

and then made errors

in attempts to simplify this expression. Such errors were ignored, and these candidates were awarded both marks. A number of candidates tried to use the distance formula with no chance of success, as all points on the perpendicular bisector of and .

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 162 of 213

. This approach had are equidistant from

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a)

(i)

(b)

(ii)

ii

to introduce

and

.

); concave up parabola with vertex (0,18), focus (

Concept Check 3.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

v

(ii)

Concept Check 2.2 (

iv

)

Discussion Question 1

We square iii

(

(i)

x py 2ap ap 3

(iv)

x 2 a y a

(i)

y px 3p 2

(iv)

N 0,6 3 p 2

(i)

x ty 6t 3t 3

(iv)

x 2 3 y 3

(v)

Parabola; Vertex

0,3 ;

(ii)

N 0,2a ap 2

(ii)

T 3p,0

(v)

x2

(ii)

y tx 3

Focus 0,3

), directrix

(iii)

M ap, a ap 2

(iii)

x py 6 p 3 p 3

(iii)

3t,3t

3 y 3 2

2

3

1 3 ; Directrix y 2 4 4

Concept Check 4.1

(a)

(b)

(c)

a p2 q2 a p q , 2

(i)

p 2

(iii)

(iv)

x 2 2a y 4a ;

Parabola ; Vertex

(i)

y px 4 p 2

(ii)

R4 p q ,4 pq

(iv)

y 4

(v)

A line parallel to the x-axis and intersecting the y-axis at

(i)

y px ap 2

(ii)

a p q, apq

(iv)

x 2 2a y 2a

(v)

Parabola; Vertex

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

0,4a ;

Page 163 of 213

Focus 0, (iii)

(iii)

7a 9a ; Directrix y 2 2 pq 1

4

pq 2

0,2a ; Focus 0, 5a ; Directrix y 3a

2

2

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 6: PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION 3

Past HS.C. Questions vi

(i)

vii

(iii)

viii

Discussion Question 2

You were given that

and

(

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

).

Page 164 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 1

Complex Numbers

Quadratic Polynomials

Long Division

Conics

Polynomials 1

Roots and Factors

Curve Sketching

Inequalities

Roots of Cubics and Quartics

Polynomials are the simplest and most well behaved of all of the functions. They are trivial to integrate and differentiate and have specific properties which can be exploited to our advantage. In a very real sense they are the building blocks from which all other functions may be constructed.

The general theory of polynomials extends from simple 2 unit quadratic functions all the way to complex numbers in the Extension 2 syllabus. In the Extension 1 papers we see straightforward remainder theorem questions very early in the paper (often in the MCQ section) and deeper division algorithm problems in the middle sections of the exams.

In this lesson we will explore:

–

Polynomial Division

–

The Remainder Theorem

–

Properties of Polynomial Roots and Factors

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 166 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

DEFINITION AND NOTATION ( )

is called a polynomial

expression of degree

…,

,

where

is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

are called coefficients and

is called the leading coefficient and

is

called the constant term.

is called the leading term.

When

If

, the polynomial is called a monic polynomial. then the polynomial ( ) is called a zero polynomial.

… ( )

is called a polynomial equation of degree that satisfy the equation ( )

Real values of

are called the real roots or real zeros of

the polynomial.

( ) is a constant polynomial if

Concept Check 2.1 (a)

…

then ( )

.

i

If ( )

then the degree of the polynomial is ………………….

The leading term is………………………… The leading coefficient is ………………….. The constant term is…………………… The coefficient of

is …………………….. and the polynomial has ………… terms.

Note to Students: Always write your polynomials with the biggest power at the front down to the smallest power at the back.

(b)

Write down a monic polynomial of degree 3 that has 4 terms and a constant term of 5.

Note to Students: Monic means that the leading co-efficient is .

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 167 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

Explain why

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

is not a polynomial.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)

State the degree, leading coefficient and constant term of (

)(

)

Note to Students: Do not expand. Just imagine what would happen if you did expand.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 168 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

3.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

OPERATIONS WITH POLYNOMIALS Discussion Question 1:ii Let ( ) and ( )

. Are

and

the same polynomial?

Equality

Two polynomials

and are equal if and only if

,

,

, .... ,

,

,

Addition and Subtraction

The sum or difference of two polynomials is found by collecting “like terms”. (

)

given by (

)

(

(

)

) is (

)

(

)

(

)

Multiplication

Use the distributive law to find the product of two polynomials (

)( (

)

)

The degree of ( ) ( ) is the sum of the degrees of ( ) and ( ) where ( ) and ( ) are both polynomials.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 169 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Division

The long division process may be applied to polynomials in the following way:

Therefore (

and hence where ( (

) is called the quotient, (

)(

)

) is called the divisor and

) is called the remainder

When ( ) is divided by ( ), the degree of ( ) must be less than or equal to the degree of ( ) and the degree of the remainder must be less than the degree of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 170 of 213

( ).

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 3.1 (a)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

iii

Expand and simplify (

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………..................................................................................................................

(b)

–

Find the quotient and the remainder when

is divided

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………........................................................................

Complete the following: –

(

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)(

Page 171 of 213

)

(

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

When values of

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

is divided by

the remainder is

. Find the

and

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)

Find the values of

given that

is divisible by

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 172 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

4.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

THE DIVISION TRANSFORMATION

When ( ) is divided by ( ) the degree of ( ) must be less than or equal to the degree of ( ).

( ) can be expressed in the form ( )

( ) ( )

( ) where ( ) is called the

quotient, ( ) is called the divisor and ( ) is called the remainder.

The expression, ( )

( ) ( )

( ), is called the division transformation. The

degree of ( ) must be less than the degree of ( ). Concept Check 4.1 (i)

Divide

iv

–

by

and express the result in the division transformation.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the values of

and

if

is divisible by

.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Did You Know: The division algorithm should be used as a last resort. There are often much quicker alternatives.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 173 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

5.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

THE REMAINDER THEOREM

When ( ) is divided by (

), the degree of the divisor is 1, so the degree of the

remainder must be 0. Hence the remainder is a constant.

The division transformation becomes ( )

Substituting

Hence the remainder theorem states:

(

) ( )

where

is a constant

into the division transformation gives the remainder

When ( ) is divided by (

( )

) the remainder is ( )

Did You Know: The remainder theorem applies exclusively to division by lines.

Concept Check 5.1 (a)

v

Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder when .

–

is divided by

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

When – – is divided by theorem to find the value of .

–

the remainder is 5. Use the remainder

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 174 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(c)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

–

Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder when by –

is divided

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d)

Given that ( – ) ( ) and without actual division.

(

) factorise

–

and hence find

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(e)

Find the remainder when

–

is divided by

–

–

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 175 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

6.

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

FACTOR THEOREM

When ( ) is divided by (

) and ( )

then ( – ) is a factor of ( ) and a is called

a root of ( ) or a zero of ( )

Proof: By the remainder theorem, ( )

( – ) ( )

( ) Since ( – ) is a factor, then Hence ( ) and ( )

( – ) ( )

Therefore ( –

) is a factor of ( )

Factorisation of Polynomials

Using the remainder theorem, ( )

can be factorised using a as a

possible zero.

( – )(

Hence

)

Therefore ac = 6 and hence a must be a factor of 6 as both a and c are integers. By trial and error the possible zeros of ( ) are

and

.

Testing these values: ( ) Therefore (

( (

)(

and therefore ( )

–

) is a factor. ( )

By inspection,

) )

and hence (

)(

(

)(

since

) )(

)

When factorizing polynomials, the method is basically searching for a factor using trial and error. In this search we try only the factors of the constant term,

to find the value that

makes ( )

If the degree of ( ) is 3, then we need to find only one value as the quotient will be a quadratic and we use inspection to find the quadratic and further factorise if possible.

For polynomials of degree 4, we need to find two zeroes by inspection.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 176 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 6.1

(a)

(i)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

vi

Find the value of k if

(

)

(

) is divisible by (

).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

For this value of , factorise

(

)

(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 177 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(b)

(i)

Find the values of

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

and

given that

is divisible by

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

For these values of a and

factorise

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 178 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

7.

DEDUCTIONS FROM THE FACTOR THEOREM

Result 1 ( )

If the polynomial zeroes factor of ( )

) then ( –

(where

)( –

)(

has ) ( –

distinct ) is a

Proof is a zero of ( ) then ( ) = 0 and hence ( ) can be expressed in the form ( )

(

)

is a zero of

( ) by the division transformation ( ) then

(

)

(

)

(

)

. But

since the zeros are

distinct. (

) = 0 and hence ( – ( )

( –

) is a factor of )(

is a zero of ( ) then ( But Hence ( )

)

)

(

( ) and hence

( )

(

)( –

)

)

( )

( ) –

)(

)

(

)

since the zeros are distinct. ( ( –

)

and hence ( – )

) is a factor of

( )

( )

and therefore ( )

( –

)

)(

( )

( –

)(

( )

By repetition of the above argument it can be shown that ( )

( –

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)(

)( –

)

Page 179 of 213

( –

)

( )

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.1

(a)

(i)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

vii

Show that 1 and 2 are zeroes of ( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence factorise

( ).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

Show that ( )( ) is a factor of ( ) m and n are positive integers.

(

)

(

)

(

) where

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 180 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Result 2 If the polynomial ( )

has n distinct then ( )

zeroes

( –

)(

)( –

( –

)

) where the

is necessary to give the correct leading term of the polynomial i.e.

Proof are distinct zeroes of ( ) then the product

Since ( –

)( –

)(

From result 1, ( )

( –

( –

) is a factor of ( ) )( –

)(

( ) is .

Since the leading term in ( ) is

.

( –

)( –

)(

)

) ( ) where ( ) must have

( –

)

degree zero since the degree of

( )

)

( –

)

Result 3 ( )

A polynomial have more than

of degree

cannot

real zeroes.

Proof Suppose that ( ) has Hence ( )

But ( )

Therefore( –

( –

( –

)(

)(

) ( )

as zeros. )( –

)( –

)

)

( –

( –

for all values of

Hence ( ) cannot have more than

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)( –

) ( )

)

This is impossible since

is a constant.

real zeros if it is a polynomial of degree .

Page 181 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Result 4

( )

If polynomial

has more than n and hence ( )

distinct zeroes, then

for all values of .

Proof Assume there are (

) zeroes

and . are zeroes of ( ) then

From result 2, since ( ) But ( )

)(

( –

, and therefore

Hence either But

( –

or

)( –

)

)( –

)(

( – )

)

( –

)

or ………..or

or

is distinct from

therefore

Hence ( )

and since are distinct zeroes of ( ) then ( )

But ( )

, therefore

( –

)(

)( –

( –

)(

)( –

) )

( – ( –

) )

and therefore

since

Proceeding in this manner, we can show that ( )

and therefore

for all values of

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 182 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Result 5

If ( )

( ) are polynomials each of degree , and are equal for all values of x then where

and

are

the coefficients of ( ) and ( ).

Proof Let ( )

and

( )

be two polynomials which are equal

for more than

Then

( )

distinct values of . ( ) = ………………………………………………………………………………….

Therefore { ( )

( ) is a polynomial of degree

with more than

distinct zeroes.

From the remainder and factor theorem, if is a zero of ( ) and of ( ) then () and () ( )

and hence ()

()

. Therefore, is a zero of the polynomial

( )

Using result 4: (

)

, ………………… ……………………… …… (

)

Therefore, , …………………………………………………………

Hence ( )

( ) have equal coefficients for corresponding powers of

and thus ( )

( ) are equal for all values of .

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 183 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 7.2 (a)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

viii

if the polynomials ( )

Find the values of the constants ( )

(

)(

)

(

)

and

are equal for all values of

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

( )

(i)

Write down (

) and

( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

If ( ) is an even polynomial, show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 184 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

If ( ) is an odd polynomial, show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv)

Hence state general results for the coefficients of odd and even powers of polynomial is even or odd.

when a

Did You Know: Odd polynomials are made up of odd powers. Even polynomials are made up of even powers.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Discussion Question 2:ix Let ( ) . Is odd or even? Concept Check 7.3 (i)

Prove that 2,

3 are zeroes of ( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Hence find the linear factors of ( ) x …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 185 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

Concept Check 7.4 When the polynomial ( ) is divided by ( ( )

(i)

)(

), the quotient is ( ) and the remainder is

Why is the most general form of ( ) given by ( )

?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Given that ( )

, show that ( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Further, when ( ) is divided by (

), the remainder is 5. Find ( ).xi

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………..............................…………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 186 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1

(a) (b) (c)

The degree of

must be an integer equal to or greater than

(d) ii

Discussion Question 1

No iii

Concept Check 3.1

(a) (b)

3x 8

x 7 8x 6 x 5

( )

22 x 4 49 x 3

x2

46 x 45

( )

(c) (d) iv

Concept Check 4.1

(x2

(i)

v

4)( x 3) 8x 11

(ii)

Concept Check 5.1

(a)

(b)

(d)

(e)

vi

(c)

Concept Check 6.1

(a)

(i)

(ii)

(c)

(i)

(ii)

vii

( (

)( ) (

)(

)

)

Concept Check 7.1

(a)

(ii)

( x 1)( x 2)( x 2 5)

viii

Concept Check 7.2

(a) (b) ix

(i)

(

)

( )

Discussion Question

Even. Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 187 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 7: POLYNOMIALS 1

x

Concept Check 7.3

(ii)

( x 2)( x 3)( x 1)( x 4)

xi

Concept Check 7.4

(iii)

( )

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 188 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

1.

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

OVERVIEW OF POLYNOMIALS 2

Complex Numbers

Quadratic Polynomials

Long Division

Conics

Polynomials 1

Curve Sketching

Sums and Products of Roots

Inequalities

Roots of Cubics and Quartics

Even though polynomials are relatively simple objects, solving polynomial equations is not a trivial task. Indeed most cubic equations cannot be solved unless we get a lit bit lucky in guessing an initial root. We can then use long division to find the other roots. This process of guessing followed by long division is the only technique we have once we hit the cubic level. Similarly factorising a random polynomial is also an impossible task.

You saw in term 2 however that if a polynomial is presented in factored form, the sketch of its graph is immediately accessible. This theory will be revisited in this lesson.

We will close off this term’s work with the theory of roots and coefficients. Even though most polynomial equations cannot be solved we can still extract surprisingly useful information regarding the roots without actually finding the roots. This is a natural extension of the theory of sums and product of roots from the 2 unit syllabus. It is examined directly in the early stages of the Extension 1 paper and is an essential tool in many of the harder Extension 2 questions where polynomial equations spring naturally from the theory of conics and inequalities.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 190 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

2.

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS

The equation ( )

where ( )

is a

polynomial equation of degree .

Any value of Since ( )

that satisfies the equation is called a root or zero of the polynomial. , then we can use the factor theorem to solve the equation.

Example: Solve the equation Note to Students: Our only option is to guess! Try integers which divide into the constant term. Solution: Step 1:

Factorise

Possible factors of 3 are

and

Using the factor theorem, test the values ( (

)

hence (

) or (

) to find a zero.

is a factor

)(

) by inspection

To find the value of , equate the coefficients of

Step 2:

(

)(

(

)(

Use the fact that (

)(

)(

) )(

then

)

or

or

)

or

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 191 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 2.1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

i

Solve the following polynomial equations Note to Students: Learn to use your calculator efficiently for these repeated calculations. (i)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 192 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(iii) Note to Students: A fourth degree polynomial means that 2 guesses will probably be needed.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 193 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

3.

GRAPHS OF POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Graphs of the Form

( – )(

)(

)

Note to Students: We have explored this in Term 2, Lesson 2 where we needed to graph equations to solve inequalities. Example: Sketch the curve

(

)(

)(

).

Solution Step 1:

Find the

– intercepts of the curve by letting or 2

Step 2:

Find the

– intercept of the curve by letting (

Step 3:

)(

)( )

Plot these points and sketch the curve (

Curves in the form These curves cut the

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

( – )( – axis at

Page 194 of 213

)(

)(

)(

).

) have distinct zeros.

, and

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Concept Check 3.1 Sketch the following curves (i)

(

)(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)(

)(

)

Note to Students: The does almost nothing. There is certainly no root at

!

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 195 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Note to Students: Recall: Even powers bounce off the -axis Odd powers cut the -axis Example: ) (

(

Sketch the curve

)

Solution

Step 1:

Find the

and

intercepts of the curve.

intercepts:

hence

intercept:

Step 2:

or 1

( ) (

,

)

Identify the single and double roots. There is a double root at

. The curve will touch the

There will be a turning point at

There is a single root at

Step 3:

axis at

.

, the curve will cross the

axis at

Sketch the curve Note: Test (

The curves in the form The curve cuts the

( – )(

– axis at

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

) (

)

) have a single root at and a double root at

and touches the – axis at Page 196 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Concept Check 3.2 Sketch the following: (i)

(

) (

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

(

)(

)(

)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 197 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Example:

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(

Sketch the curve

) (

)

Solution:

Step 1:

Find the

and

– intercepts of the curve.

intercepts: intercept:

Step 2:

( )(

) ( )

Identify single and double roots and triple roots There is a double root at be a turning point at

There is a single root at

There is a triple root at

. The curve will touch the

axis at

There will

.

, the curve will cross the

axis at

. The curve has a horizontal point of inflexion on the

axis at

Step 3:

Plot the points and sketch the curve Note: Test (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 198 of 213

) (

)

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Concept Check 3.3 Sketch the following polynomial curves clearly showing any intercepts with the coordinate axes. (i)

(

)(

)

(ii)

(

)(

) (

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 199 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

(

)(

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

)

Note to Students: Testing a single point beyond the roots will clarify the orientation of the sketch.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 200 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

4.

RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE ROOTS & COEFFICIENTS

Cubic Equations

The roots of the cubic equation

are

The roots of the equation (

)(

Hence

)(

)

(

)(

[

(

)

(

)

are also

)(

and . and .

) (

) (

] )

Equating coefficients of: (

gives

)

(

gives

)

the constant term gives

Hence if

and

are the roots of the cubic equation

The sum of the roots

The sum of the roots taken in pairs

The product of the roots

then:

Did You Know: will help you remember the signs.

(

Important Result to remember:

)

(

)

Proof: (

)

(

(

)(

)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

) (

)

(

) Page 201 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Example: and

are the roots of

. Find the values of:

(i) (ii) (iii)

Did You Know: This is a very common exam question.

(iv) (v) (vi)

(

)(

)(

)

Solution: (i)

(ii)

(iii)

( (

(

)

)

)

(iv) (

)

(v)

(vi)

(

)(

)(

) ( (

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

)

(

)

(

)

)

Page 202 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.1 (a)

If

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

ii

are the roots of

(i)

find:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

If

(i)

are the roots of

find:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 203 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(iv)

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………….…………………………………………

(v)

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………….…………………………………………

(vi)

(

)(

)(

)

………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………….…………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………….………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………….……………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………….……

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 204 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.2 (a)

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

iii

The polynomial equation to 4. Find the roots of the equation.

has the product of two of its roots equal

............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................................

(b)

The polynomial ( ) (i)

has real roots √

√ , and .

Explain why

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 205 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iii)

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Show that

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 206 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Quartic Equations

If

are the roots of the quadratic equation,

and The equation (

)(

)(

)( (

Hence [ )

(

)

also has roots

) )(

)(

)(

(

.

) )

(

]

Equating coefficients of: (

gives

gives

gives

)

(

)

(

)

The constant term gives

Did You Know: will help you to remember the signs.

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 207 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Concept Check 4.3 (a)

If

and

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

iv

are the roots of

find:

(i) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iv) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(v) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………

(vi)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 208 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(vii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………….………………………………………………………………………………

(b)

The roots of the equation 2 x 4

(i)

4 x 2 5x 3 0 are

and

. Find the values of:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……….………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….……………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………….……………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................................................................................................................................

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 209 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

(iv)

(

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

)(

)(

)(

)

...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................................................................................................................................

(v)

The roots of the equation terms of and , the value of (

)(

are , , and . Find, in )( )( )

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 210 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

Past H.S.C. Questions Question 1

(2011 H.S.C. Mathematics Q2a)v

The quadratic equation (i)

Find

has roots

and .

.

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find

.

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)

Find

.

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………….………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

NOTES FROM THE MARKING CENTRE This part was generally done well. The main error was to incorrectly quote the rules for the sum and product of the quadratic roots. When this occurred, the mark for part (iii) could still be obtained for evaluating

from the previous answers. In some responses the irrational

roots were calculated using the quadratic formula and full marks were possible at the expense of time, working and the likelihood of errors. There were a number of non-attempts for part (iii) and quite a few incorrect attempts to add the fractions

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 211 of 213

.

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

Question 2

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

(2006 H.S.C. Mathematics Ext 1 Q4a)vi

The cubic polynomial ( ) real zeroes and – . (i)

, where

Find the value of .

and are real numbers, has three

1

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)

Find the value of

.

2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

Page 212 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Y11 MATHEMATICS EXT 1

LESSON 8: POLYNOMIALS 2

SOLUTIONS i

Concept Check 2.1 (i) √

(ii)

(iii)

(ii) (ii)

(iii) (iii)

(v)

(vi)

(ii) (v)

(iii) (vi)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(iv) ii

Concept Check 4.1 (a) (i) (b) (i) (iv) iii

Concept Check 4.2 (a) iv

Concept Check 4.3 (a) (i) (iv) (vii) (b)

Past H.S.C. Questions v 1. (i) vi 2. (i)

(ii) (ii)

Copyright © MATRIX EDUCATION 2012

(iii)

Page 213 of 213

OUR STUDENTS COME FIRST.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior permission of Matrix Education.

Thank you for interesting in our services. We are a non-profit group that run this website to share documents. We need your help to maintenance this website.